Naar de inhoud

UFO'S of UAP'S, ASTRONOMIE, RUIMTEVAART, ARCHEOLOGIE, OUDHEIDKUNDE, SF-SNUFJES EN ANDERE ESOTERISCHE WETENSCHAPPEN - DE ALLERLAATSTE NIEUWTJES

UFO's of UAP'S in België en de rest van de wereld
akke.beakke.be
Ontdek de Fascinerende Wereld van UFO's en UAP's: Jouw Bron voor Onthullende Informatie! Ben jij ook gefascineerd door het onbekende? Wil je meer weten over UFO's en UAP's, niet alleen in België, maar over de hele wereld? Dan ben je op de juiste plek! België: Het Kloppend Hart van UFO-onderzoek In België is BUFON (Belgisch UFO-Netwerk) dé autoriteit op het gebied van UFO-onderzoek. Voor betrouwbare en objectieve informatie over deze intrigerende fenomenen, bezoek je zeker onze Facebook-pagina en deze blog. Maar dat is nog niet alles! Ontdek ook het Belgisch UFO-meldpunt en Caelestia, twee organisaties die diepgaand onderzoek verrichten, al zijn ze soms kritisch of sceptisch. Nederland: Een Schat aan Informatie Voor onze Nederlandse buren is er de schitterende website www.ufowijzer.nl, beheerd door Paul Harmans. Deze site biedt een schat aan informatie en artikelen die je niet wilt missen! Internationaal: MUFON - De Wereldwijde Autoriteit Neem ook een kijkje bij MUFON (Mutual UFO Network Inc.), een gerenommeerde Amerikaanse UFO-vereniging met afdelingen in de VS en wereldwijd. MUFON is toegewijd aan de wetenschappelijke en analytische studie van het UFO-fenomeen, en hun maandelijkse tijdschrift, The MUFON UFO-Journal, is een must-read voor elke UFO-enthousiasteling. Bezoek hun website op www.mufon.com voor meer informatie. Samenwerking en Toekomstvisie Sinds 1 februari 2020 is Pieter niet alleen ex-president van BUFON, maar ook de voormalige nationale directeur van MUFON in Vlaanderen en Nederland. Dit creëert een sterke samenwerking met de Franse MUFON Reseau MUFON/EUROP, wat ons in staat stelt om nog meer waardevolle inzichten te delen. Let op: Nepprofielen en Nieuwe Groeperingen Pas op voor een nieuwe groepering die zich ook BUFON noemt, maar geen enkele connectie heeft met onze gevestigde organisatie. Hoewel zij de naam geregistreerd hebben, kunnen ze het rijke verleden en de expertise van onze groep niet evenaren. We wensen hen veel succes, maar we blijven de autoriteit in UFO-onderzoek! Blijf Op De Hoogte! Wil jij de laatste nieuwtjes over UFO's, ruimtevaart, archeologie, en meer? Volg ons dan en duik samen met ons in de fascinerende wereld van het onbekende! Sluit je aan bij de gemeenschap van nieuwsgierige geesten die net als jij verlangen naar antwoorden en avonturen in de sterren! Heb je vragen of wil je meer weten? Aarzel dan niet om contact met ons op te nemen! Samen ontrafelen we het mysterie van de lucht en daarbuiten.

Berichten van 1 december 2025 tot 31 december 2025

The 10 Most Legitimate Cases of U.F.O. Sightings

The 10 Most Legitimate Cases of U.F.O. Sightings

By: Kevin Saltarelli  

History doesn’t believe or disbelieve in UFOs. There are a handful of UFO sightings documented by Roman historians from around 2,000 years ago, but they seem about as credible as the existence of Zeus. More than 95 percent of all UFO sightings can be easily dismissed as military aircraft, stars, planets, meteors, flares, weather balloons and manmade hoaxes. The remaining five percent make governors, pilots, military officials and other sane and credible people rub their eyes and scratch their heads in disbelief. Despite all attempts to be rational, some flying objects haven’t been properly identified. Here is our list of the 10 most legitimate UFO sightings.

10. Hudson Valley UFO Wave

Between 1982 and 1986, around 5,000 eyewitnesses reported seeing V-shaped UFOs with multicolored lights flying near the Hudson Valley, just one hour north of New York City. The first sighting was made on New Year’s Eve 1982, by a retired police officer in Kent, New York. The former officer initially thought that he was observing an airplane. When the craft passed above his home, he realized that it was moving far too slowly and quietly to be an airplane.

While most of the eyewitnesses described a slow-moving V-shaped UFO, other reports said the object appeared to be circular and capable of moving at fantastic speeds or disappearing altogether. During one sighting, the UFO hovered about 30 feet above the Indian Point Nuclear Plant. The security supervisor was considering shooting the craft down before it disappeared from sight. Despite eyewitness reports and photographic evidence, the phenomenon was never properly explained.

Shag-Harbour-UFO-Crash-Site.jpg

Photo: Vanessa Chiasson

9. Shag Harbour UFO incident

The Shag Harbour UFO is Canada’s equivalent of the Roswell UFO in the United States. On October 4, 1967, an unknown object crashed into the water near the tiny fishing village of Shag Harbour, Nova Scotia. At least 11 people watched the object as it headed towards the harbor. Multiple witnesses heard a whistling sound and a loud bang as it crashed into the water. Shortly afterwards, Laurie Wickens and four of his friends contacted the Royal Canadian Mounted Police after they spotted a large object floating in the Atlantic Ocean about a 1,000 feet from shore.

The RCMP, the Royal Canadian Navy and the Royal Canadian Air Force became involved in an unsuccessful recovery effort. The investigation revealed that all commercial, private and military aircraft along the eastern seaboard were accounted for. The Navy combed the seafloor of the Gulf of Maine, but found no trace of the object.

8. Westall UFO

Around 11:00 am on April 6, 1966, an unexplained flying object flew around Westall High School in Melbourne, Australia. More than 200 students and several teachers watched the UFO as it descended into a nearby field. Eyewitnesses watched the craft hovering around the school for approximately 20 minutes. The object was described as being a grey saucer-shaped object that was about twice the size of a family car.

There were no commercial, private or Royal Australian Air Force planes in the area at the time. It was suggested that a weather balloon may have been responsible for the confusion, but eyewitnesses quickly dismissed the explanation. The Australian Skeptics suggested that the object was an experimental military craft similar to the nylon target drogues that were towed by RAAF planes at the time, but the Air Force reported that they were not in the airspace at the time of the incident.

7. Anchorage, Alaska

On November 18, 1986, a Japanese Boeing 747 cargo aircraft was followed for nearly an hour by an unidentified flying object. The crew witnessed two objects while flying over eastern Alaska. As the objects got closer to the plane, the cabin was lit up and filled with a strange heat. As these two objects flew away, a much larger disc-shaped craft emerged from the darkness and started to follow the 747. Captain Terauchi contacted Anchorage Air Traffic Control and requested a change of course. The UFO followed the plane despite any of the captain’s maneuvers.

All of the data, including ground radar that captured the unidentified craft, was collected and presented at a meeting with the FBI and the CIA. After reviewing all of the material, the government officials decided that this was the first radar recording of a UFO; however, they insist that their meeting never took place.

6. Chicago O'Hare International Airport

On November 7, 2006, a metallic saucer-shaped craft was seen hovering over the O’Hare International Airport in Chicago. Jon Hilkevitch from the Chicago Tribune reportedly said, “The disc was visible for approximately two minutes and was seen by close to a dozen United Airlines employees, ranging from pilots to supervisors.” The object apparently shot straight up and carved a visible circular hole through the clouds.

The Federal Aviation Administration initially claimed that they didn’t have any information about the sighting. The Chicago Tribune then filed a Freedom of Information Act request, which uncovered recorded conversations concerning the UFO. The FAA suggested that the sighting was the result of a weather phenomenon called a hole punch cloud, but the temperatures that day make this explanation impossible. Then the FAA said that airport lights were responsible for the sighting, but the lights hadn’t been turned on yet. A proper investigation was never conducted.

5. Alderney UFO Sighting

Captain Ray Bowyer was flying a routine 45-minute flight from Southampton, England, on April 23, 2007, when he and his passengers saw two UFOs as they approached Alderney. The Jersey Airport Radar Control recorded the two large yellow cigar-shaped objects for over 55 minutes. Another pilot, flying a plane near Sark, also confirmed the presence and location of these mysterious crafts. BBC Radio Guernsey also reported that visitors in a hotel in Sark had noticed and enquired about the two bright yellow objects in the sky.

During an an address to the U.S. National Press Club on November 12, 2007, Captain Bowyer said, “The British Civil Aviation Authority knew within 20 minutes of the sighting what was seen, as described in a flight log, and faxed directly to the relevant CAA office.” Despite the pilot’s openness about the incident, the cooperation of the military, and countless eyewitness reports from passengers and people on the ground, the incident remains a complete mystery.

4. The Belgian UFO Wave

Between November of 1989 and April of 1990, thousands of people reportedly witnessed triangular UFOs flying over various parts of Belgium. On multiple occasions the Belgian officials even tracked these objects using radar.

During the evening of March 30, 1990, an estimated 13,500 people watched as the UFOs were chased by two F-16s. Over the course of an hour, the two F-16s made nine attempts to intercept the UFOs and were able to make a radar lock with their targets. During one of the radar locks, the UFO accelerated from 150 mph to over 1,100 mph while changing altitude from 9,000 feet to 5,000 feet in a matter of seconds. After his retirement, Major General Wilfried de Brouwer wrote in a statement that “The Belgian UFO wave was exceptional and the Air Force could not identify the nature, origin and intentions of the reported phenomena.” The Belgian objects have still never been explained.

3. Cash-Landrum Incident

On December 29, 1980, Betty Cash, Vickie Landrum and Colby Landrum saw 23 unidentified helicopters surrounding a huge diamond-shaped object that was hovering above the trees. The object emitted such tremendous heat that the outside of the car was painful to touch and a handprint was seared into the softened vinyl interior. A Dayton police officer, Detective Lamar Walker, and his wife also claimed to have seen helicopters near the same area.

After the incident, the group suffered from vomiting, diarrhea, and terrible burning sensations. Betty Cash developed painful blisters on her skin, lost clumps of hair and was unable to walk. A radiologist examined the group and concluded that they were all suffering from secondary damage from ionizing radiation. They sued the U.S government for $20 million, but the case was dismissed in 1986. Some people still believe that the government covered up its involvement in the incident.

2. Rendlesham Forest Incident

A UFO was observed on December 26, 1980, in England’s Rendlesham Forest near the Royal Air Force station in Woodbridge. After witnessing some unexplained lights, several Air Force personnel, including Lieutenant Colonel Charles I. Halt, decided to head into the woods to get a closer look. They were expecting to find a plane crash. Instead, according to Halt’s memo, they saw a glowing metallic object that moved at a phenomenal speed through the forest.

The next day, servicemen returned to the site and found triangular shaped impressions on the ground, broken branches on the trees and radiation readings that were ten times the normal background level. In 2010, retired Lieutenant Halt signed a notarized affidavit that summarized the incident and accused the U.S. and England of a cover up. While some believe it was a hoax or a fallen Soviet satellite, others think this was a legitimate UFO sighting.

phoenix_lights_v_formation_camcorder.webp

A screengrab of camcorder footage of the V-shaped formation of lights that appeared over the Valley on March 13, 1997. 

Screen Capture

1. The Phoenix Lights

A huge V-shaped UFO reportedly passed over Phoenix around 8:15 pm on the evening of March 13, 1997. The object was described as having five spherical lights and was large enough to block out the stars as it flew overhead. People from various locations across Arizona, including Phoenix, reported seeing the V-shaped UFO moving silently across the sky.

Around 10:00 pm that evening, the U.S. Air Force dropped slow falling military grade flares into the sky. The media captured video of the military exercise believing that it was connected to the UFO sightings. Some people think that the military deliberately filled the sky with lights to discredit the UFO sightings made earlier in the evening. Former Arizona Governor Fife Symington III later said, “I can definitively say that this craft did not resemble any man-made object I’d ever seen. And it was certainly not high-altitude flares because flares don’t fly in formation.”

What are the Phoenix Lights?

Frequently Asked Questions

  • How are UFO sightings investigated and verified?
UFO sightings are investigated and verified through a combination of eyewitness reports, radar data, video or photographic evidence, and, in some cases, physical traces left at the sighting location. Investigations may involve government or military officials, aviation experts and ufologists. Credible sightings often undergo rigorous scrutiny to rule out conventional explanations such as aircraft, weather phenomena or celestial objects.
  • What common characteristics define the most credible UFO sightings?
Common characteristics of the most credible UFO sightings include multiple reliable witnesses, corroboration by radar or other technical means, visual documentation and the inability to attribute the sighting to known aircraft or natural phenomena. These sightings also typically involve unusual flight characteristics or patterns that cannot be explained by current technology or natural explanations.
RELATED VIDEOS


Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:35 Stuur door

Our ancestors were CANNIBALS: Scientists discover grisly evidence ancient human species ate Neanderthal children 45,000 years ago

Our ancestors were CANNIBALS: Scientists discover grisly evidence ancient human species ate Neanderthal children 45,000 years ago

Early humans may have feasted on Neanderthal children 45,000 years ago, according to a grisly new study.

Researchers have analysed bones found in a Belgian cave where cannibalism was known to have taken place.

Scientists find gruesome evidence that proves ancient humans ate children 850,000 years ago

Scientists find evidence that ancient humans ate children 850,000 years ago.

They revealed the six victims were children and young women who may have been cooked before being eaten.

And while the identity of the cannibals remains unknown, there's the possibility it could have been early Homo sapiens preying on rival Neanderthals, the scientists said.

The Goyet caves, first excavated in the 19th century, have yielded the most important collection of Neanderthals in northern Europe.

A 2016 study showed that a third of the 101 bones uncovered there – mainly from the lower limbs – showed traces of cannibalism with cut marks and notches.

'The composition – women and children, without adult men – cannot be coincidental: it reflects a deliberate selection of victims by the cannibals,' Isabelle Crevecoeur, research director at the French National Centre for Scientific Research, said.

'The fact that the cannibalized women and children came from elsewhere indicates "exocannibalism" – the consumption of individuals belonging to one or more external groups.'

The bones of at least six individuals were unearthed at the Goyet caves. Here, XX indicates the females - most likely adults or adolescents - while XY indicates the younger male children

The bones of at least six individuals were unearthed at the Goyet caves. Here, XX indicates the females – most likely adults or adolescents – while XY indicates the younger male children

The Goyet caves, first excavated in the 19th century, have yielded the most important collection of Neanderthals in northern Europe

The Goyet caves, first excavated in the 19th century, have yielded the most important collection of Neanderthals in northern Europe

The team combined genetics, isotope analysis and a detailed study of morphology to sketch a biological portrait of the cannibalised individuals.

Analysis of their DNA showed that the four adult or adolescent victims were women of small stature – around 1.5m tall – who were not from the local area. There were also two male children, one infant and one child between 6.5 and 12.5 years old.

A close look at their remains also showed evidence of circular impacts, made to break the bone in order to extract the highly calorific marrow.

All these indications have led to the conclusion that these Neanderthal women and children from elsewhere were brought to Goyet and consumed, the researchers said.

This type of behaviour is already observed in chimpanzees, with the purpose of weakening a neighbouring population or asserting territorial control.

'The Goyet site provides food for thought', Patrick Semal, another of the study's authors from the Royal Belgian Institute of National Sciences, said.

'The results indicate possible conflicts between groups at the end of the Middle Paleolithic, a period when Neanderthal groups were dwindling and Homo sapiens was in full expansion in Northern Europe.

'We cannot rule out that the cannibals were Homo sapiens, but we rather think they were Neanderthals. Some of the fragmented bones were also used to retouch stone tools, and this practice is known mainly among Neanderthals.'

An overview of the cannibalism marks found on the bones, with most appearing on the lower limbsCut marks and notches are clearly visible on these bones

An overview of the cannibalism marks found on the bones, with most appearing on the lower limbs (left) while cut marks and notches are clearly visible on these bones (right)

While the identity of the cannibals remains unknown, there¿s the possibility it could have been early Homo sapiens preying on rival Neanderthals Pictured: A reconstruction of the face of the oldest Neanderthal found in the Netherlands

While the identity of the cannibals remains unknown, there's the possibility it could have been early Homo sapiens preying on rival Neanderthals Pictured: A reconstruction of the face of the oldest Neanderthal found in the Netherlands

Key events in Neanderthal and human history 

  1. 300,000 years ago – Homo sapiens emerge in Africa
  2. 60,000 to 70,000 years ago – Homo sapiens migrate from Africa to Eurasia 
  3. 50,500 to 43,500 years ago – Homo sapiens breed with Neanderthals 
  4. 43,500 years ago – Neanderthals start to die out 

Writing in the journal Scientific Reports the team said: 'At Goyet, the unusual demographic mortality profile of the cannibalised individuals (adolescent/adult females and young individuals) cannot be considered natural.

'Nor can it be explained solely by subsistence needs, especially given the abundant associated faunal remains that show similar butchery marks.

'At a minimum, it suggests that weaker members of one or multiple groups from a single neighbouring region were deliberately targeted.

'Although the precise causes of inter–group tensions in Pleistocene contexts remain difficult to establish, the regional chronocultural context is consistent with the hypothesis that conflict between groups played a role in the accumulation of the cannibalised individuals at Goyet.'

They said that even though Homo sapiens are not yet documented in the region at the same time as Neanderthals, there is evidence they were present at around the same time some 600km to the east in Germany.

And while the Homo sapiens predator hypothesis 'cannot be entirely ruled out', they said the most likely explanation for the cannibalism is conflict between Neanderthal groups.

Scientists have long speculated what caused the downfall of the Neanderthals, but a recent study suggests they never truly went extinct at all. 

Scientists in Italy and Switzerland claim the ancient group of archaic humans didn't experience a 'true extinction' because their DNA exists in people today.

article image

Over as little as 10,000 years, our species, Homo sapiens, mated and produced offspring with Neanderthals as part of a gradual 'genetic assimilation'. 

'Our results highlight genetic admixture as a possible key mechanism driving their disappearance,' experts said. 

Our species, Homo sapiens, existed at the same time as Neanderthals for several thousand years, before we became dominant. 

This ancient relative had large noses, strong double–arched brow ridge and relatively short and stocky bodies, skeletal evidence shows. 

TIMELINE OF HUMAN EVOLUTION

The timeline of human evolution can be traced back millions of years. Experts estimate that the family tree goes as such:

55 million years ago - First primitive primates evolve

15 million years ago - Hominidae (great apes) evolve from the ancestors of the gibbon

7 million years ago - First gorillas evolve. Later, chimp and human lineages diverge

5.5 million years ago - Ardipithecus, early 'proto-human' shares traits with chimps and gorillas

4 million years ago - Ape like early humans, the Australopithecines appeared. They had brains no larger than a chimpanzee's but other more human like features 

3.9-2.9 million years ago - Australoipithecus afarensis lived in Africa.  

2.7 million years ago - Paranthropus, lived in woods and had massive jaws for chewing  

2.6 million years ago - Hand axes become the first major technological innovation 

2.3 million years ago - Homo habilis first thought to have appeared in Africa

1.85 million years ago - First 'modern' hand emerges 

1.8 million years ago - Homo ergaster begins to appear in fossil record 

800,000 years ago - Early humans control fire and create hearths. Brain size increases rapidly

400,000 years ago - Neanderthals first begin to appear and spread across Europe and Asia

300,000 to 200,000 years ago - Homo sapiens - modern humans - appear in Africa

54,000 to 40,000 years ago - Modern humans reach Europe 

RELATED VIDEOS

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:42 Stuur door

Octopuses could ‘take over the world and build underwater cities’ one day

Octopuses could ‘take over the world and build underwater cities’ one day

Octopi will one day take over the world and build underwater cities, maybe getty/ metro

Imagine something along these lines (Picture: Getty Images)

Professor Tim Coulson could never imagine his dog inheriting the Earth, building a city of kennels with bones as currency.

But he could easily imagine octopuses squirming on land wearing breathing gear, rifle in hand (tentacle?) to hunt deer and sheep.

As much as this sounds like a cheesy sci-fi movie, this is what the University of Oxford biologist has suggested could be in Earth’s future.

But on one condition – humanity is extinct.

Coulson tells Metro that if humans were to be wiped off the map, it would pave the way for another species.

‘The fate of all species is extinction,’ The Universal History of Us author says. ‘In fact, 99.9% of all species that have ever existed are extinct. So humans will go extinct.’

A red octopus on the sandy bottom of Anacapa Island in the Channel Islands National Park, CA, USA.
Coulson doubts octopuses will abruptly evolve tentacle legs (Picture: Getty Images)

If we don’t cause our own extinction first, the Earth’s dwindling CO2 or the sun’s inevitable explosion in a few billion years will get us first.

That’s not necessarily a bad thing, though (except for, well, us). ‘Imagine if that asteroid hadn’t crashed into Earth 66 million years ago,’ Coulson says.

‘Dinosaurs would still be around, and mammals would still be kind of rat-sized animals running around their feet.’

What would an octopus civilisation look like?

In much the same way that the dinosaurs’ dying off paved the way for us, our own vanishing act could pave the way for another species.

Coulson doubts it will be primates who will inherit the Earth. ‘My money is on octopus, they’re going to be the next civilisation builders,’ Coulson says.

An octopus society could use tidal power as an energy source, farming crustaceans and looking up and dreaming of what life is like on land.

Barcelona. Aquarium.
Octopuses are cephalopods, a group that also includes squid and cuttlefish (Picture: Getty Images)
Our future PM? (Picture: Getty Images)

‘They could make reverse scuba gear,’ Coulson says.

‘They’d need to create robots to help them move around. You never know, they could be hunting deer.

‘I’m not quite sure how they’d cook it underwater…. maybe a thermal vent.’

Are octopuses really that smart?

Octopuses, with their doughnut-shaped brain and hundreds of millions of neurons, have demonstrated intelligence in many ways.

Studies have shown them wriggling out of mazes, building carts and even stealing fish from laboratory containers and covering their tracks.

Evolution can be thought of as creatures adapting to their environment, with intelligence being less about getting an A on a test and more about the cognitive skills that help an animal survive.

Piero Amodio, a researcher in animal intelligence at Italy’s Stazione Zoologica Anton Dohrn research centre, tells Metro that no one knows why octopuses are smart.

‘There’s a lot of hype around them. They’re not smarter than a pig or a dolphin but we’re eager to make these comparisons,’ he says.

Among the explanations as to why animals become smart is the social intelligence hypothesis: a dolphin fares better in a pod than solo.

Or there’s the ecological intelligence hypothesis, that critters are forced to become savvy to avoid predators or know where to find food.

Yet, octopuses tend to be loners and don’t live long enough to form bonds. It’s not the size of their brains either, with most neurons being in their tentacles.

Amodio suggests that octopuses’ intelligence was years in the making.

About 275 million years ago, their ancestor lost their shell, which it used to stay buoyant. This allowed them to slither into cracks and hunt for prey.

It also meant other predators could hunt them more easily, forcing them to develop large brains to outsmart their foes.

Amodio warns that octopuses will always be limited, as they don’t have ‘overlapping generations’ like people do.

‘The life humans live today does not stem from a single brain,’ he says. ‘We didn’t learn from scratch how to light a fire or go to space – it took generations.’

So Coulson says that octopuses may evolve to live longer.

Humans evolved at a breakneck speed after Africa dried up a few million years ago. A similar environmental push could happen to octopuses.

How did humans get so smart?

Believe it or not but humans are intelligent, Dr Emma Bird, a palaeoanthropologist at the Natural History Museum, tells Metro.

Our ancestors appeared about seven million years ago, when some apelike creatures in Africa began to walk on two legs. We used to be one of many human species, like Neanderthals.

‘While aspects of our cognition played a part in our ultimate survival over all other human species, the story is much more complex and probably has elements of sheer luck,’ says Dr Bird.

Group of Homosapiens, Australopithecus afarensis, Homo erectus, Homo habilis, and Neanderthal. (Photo by: Encyclopaedia Britannica/UIG via Getty Images)
Humans were once one of several species that evolved from apes (Picture: Universal Images Group Editorial)

While some human species struggled to survive, Homo sapiens used their ‘intelligence’ to chisel crude tools and form long-lasting bonds.

‘These more subtle and complex aspects of intelligence would have allowed them to more rapidly innovate and adapt their behaviour and culture as well as share cultural knowledge between groups,’ she says.

Dr Bird stresses that humanity is not a story of dominance – for one, we’re 20% Neanderthal because of interbreeding.

‘In that sense, Neanderthals have not vanished entirely; they have shaped who our species is today,’ she adds.

If not octopuses, what else could succeed us? A Planet of the Apes-style world is too boring. Dolphins, meanwhile, lack the dexterity to make tools.

His next bet would be crabs, as ‘you can imagine them doing all sorts of stuff with their pincers’, but they would need to work on their intelligence.

‘It’s fun to speculate about,’ Coulson adds, ‘and the great thing about it is, we’ll be extinct.

‘So when all of this happens, no one can prove me wrong.’

RELATED VIDEOS


{ https://metro.co.uk/news/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:41 Stuur door

Alien 'Hoaxes' That Went Viral From Roswell's Flying Saucers to Mexican & Australian X-Files

Alien 'Hoaxes' That Went Viral From Roswell's Flying Saucers to Mexican & Australian X-Files

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 18:30 Stuur door

Alien Encounters: Five Shocking UFO Space Secrets & Cover-up Claims

Alien Encounters: Five Shocking UFO Space Secrets & Cover-up Claims

1. ‘Non-human’ bodies were recovered from a UFO crash site

Whistleblower David Charles Grusch testified under oath at a national security subcommittee hearing that 'non-human biologics’ were found at an alleged UFO crash site. In a remarkable exchange, South Carolina Republican Nancy Mace asked Grusch to elaborate on his knowledge of ‘non-terrestrial bodies’ and ‘biologics’ to which Grusch responded: "Biologics came with some of these recoveries."
‍
Were they human or non-human? "Non-human, and that was the assessment of people with direct knowledge on the program I talked to," Grusch said.

Separately, he confirmed he had not personally seen alien bodies or aircraft but based his testimony on compelling evidence in the form of photography, official documentation, and classified testimony. Grusch said he interviewed 40 witnesses over four years.

w=1300,h=731

In this image from video provided by the Department of Defense labeled Gimbal, from 2015, an unexplained object is seen at center as it is tracked as it soars high along the clouds, traveling against the wind. “There's a whole fleet of them,” one naval aviator tells another, though only one indistinct object is shown. “It's rotating." (Department of Defense via AP)‍

Grusch: US aware of non-human intel in the ‘30s

Who is David Grusch? For 14 years, Grusch was an intelligence officer in the US Air Force at the rank of Major and, from 2021-2023, a civilian at the National-Geospatial Intelligence Agency with the military equivalent rank of a full-bird Colonel. He was previously the Agency’s co-lead in UAP - Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena - as well as reporting to UAP Task Force and All-Domain Anomaly Resolution Office.

2. The Pentagon is hiding evidence of alien spacecraft from Congress

The US government is accused of conducting a ‘multi-decade’ program that collected and attempted to reverse-engineer crashed UFOs. Grusch also claimed the Pentagon is hiding evidence of alien spacecraft from Congress which he described as “non-human origin technical vehicles”.

Furthermore, Grusch said that while he was on the intelligence community’s task force, he became aware of secret US government programs in charge of unsanctioned technological research related to UFOs.

He explained that much of the information is classified and responded several times: “I can’t discuss that in an open session.”

The Pentagon’s view: In a statement, the Pentagon said it hasn’t discovered “any verifiable information to substantiate claims that any programs regarding the possession or reverse-engineering of extraterrestrial materials have existed in the past or exist currently”.

3. US employees who come forward about UFOs and government practices are punished‍

Grusch, who filed a whistleblowing claim two months before the heading, said he had support from colleagues but was also subjected to reprisal: "I do have knowledge of active, planned, reprisal activity against myself and other colleagues."

Grusch said the blowback is coming from 'certain senior leadership at previous agencies I was associated with.' He described some of the behavior as ‘administrative terrorism’ including threats to his colleagues’ career paths. He offered to provide further details in a ‘closed environment’ such as a SCIF - a secure, sound-proofed room where officials with security clearances can examine sensitive intel.

Burchett asked if Grushch had personal knowledge of people who have been harmed or injured in efforts to cover up or conceal extraterrestrial technology. “Yes,” Grusch replied.

“Anyone been murdered that you would - that you know of or have heard of?” Burchett added.

“I have to be careful asking that question,” Grusch responded. “I directed people with that knowledge to the appropriate authorities.”

Asked at one point where the committee could find corroborating information about possible cover-ups, Grusch said he could not answer but encouraged the committee to thoroughly investigate: “As I stand here under oath now, I am speaking to the facts as I have been told

4. UFOs pose a national security threat

Representative Glenn Grothman asked if the witnesses believed UAPs - Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena - posed a threat to US national security.

ufo

On Aug. 4, 2020, the U.S. Department of Defense approved the establishment of an Unidentified Aerial Phenomenon Task Force (UAPTF). "The mission of the task force is to detect, analyze and catalog UAPs that could potentially pose a threat to U.S. national security," according to the DoD website. 

HowStuffWorks

“Yes," former US Navy Commander David Fravor responded. "The technology that we faced was far superior than anything that we had. If you had one, you captured one, you reverse engineered it, you got it to work.” 

Representative Robert Garcia told the bipartisan committee that more reports should be encouraged: "UAPs, whatever they be, may pose a serious threat to our military and our civilian aircraft, and that must be understood.

5. US Navy pilots David Fravor and Ryan Graves say they've personally seen UFOs

David Fravor, a former commanding officer in the US Navy, and former Navy pilot Ryan Graves have previously gone public with allegations about UFOs but it was breathtaking to hear their first-hand accounts at the House Oversight Committee hearing.

Regarding a 2004 incident, Fravor (pictured right) described a UFO caught on camera that resembled a Tic Tac breath mint: “As all four looked down we saw a small white Tic Tac-shaped object with the longitudinal axis pointing N/S and moving very abruptly over the white water. There were no rotors, No rotor wash, or any visible flight control surfaces like wings,” he testified. “This Tic Tac object… was far superior in performance to my brand new F/A-18F and did not operate with any of the known aerodynamic principles that we expect.”

Graves (pictured left), a former F-18 pilot, said that in 2014 - after the radar system was upgraded - he saw a craft without exhaust plumes or a visible engine ‘almost daily’ flying over the East Coast.

He added that at one point two jets were forced to make evasive maneuvers to avoid a ‘dark gray cube inside of a clear sphere’ that stood motionless against the wind.

Graves' squadron submitted a safety report, but there was no official acknowledgment of the incident.

“Over time, UAP sightings became an open secret among our aircrew,” Graves testified. “They were a common occurrence, seen by most of my colleagues on radar and occasionally up close. The sightings were so frequent that they became part of daily briefs.”

‍

{ https://spyscape.com/articles }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 17:41 Stuur door

The Amazon is shifting into a 'hypertropical state' not seen for MILLIONS of years, scientists warn

The Amazon is shifting into a 'hypertropical state' not seen for MILLIONS of years, scientists warn

The Amazon rainforest is shifting into a 'hypertropical state' that has not been seen for tens of millions of years, scientists have warned.

This new, hotter climate could be commonplace by 2100, and will see the rainforest experience more frequent and intense droughts.

Worryingly, experts from the University of California, Berkeley, say this could lead to widespread tree die–off.

In turn, this will impair Earth's ability to remove carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, since tropical rainforests absorb more carbon emissions than any other biome.

The only way to prevent the hypertropical state from occurring is to curb greenhouse gas emissions, according to Jeff Chambers, lead author of the study.

'It all depends on what we do,' he said.

'It's up to us to what extent we're actually going to create this hypertropical climate.

'If we're just going to emit greenhouse gasses as much as we want, without any control, then we're going to create this hypertropical climate sooner.'

The Amazon rainforest is shifting into a 'hypertropical state' that has not been seen for tens of millions of years, scientists have warned. This new, hotter climate could be commonplace by 2100, and will see the rainforest experience more frequent and intense droughts

The Amazon rainforest is shifting into a 'hypertropical state' that has not been seen for tens of millions of years, scientists have warned. This new, hotter climate could be commonplace by 2100, and will see the rainforest experience more frequent and intense droughts

However, Professor Chambers explained that it has a cumulative impact on the forest – meaning over time, it could be catastrophic.

What's more, the researchers say that hypertropical conditions are also likely to appear outside the Amazon in rainforests in western Africa and across Southeast Asia.

As global temperatures continue to rise, extreme droughts will increasingly occur throughout the entire year, the researchers added.

'Present–day hot droughts are harbingers of this emerging climate, providing windows of opportunity to better understand tropical forest responses to increasingly extreme future conditions,' the authors wrote.

THE PARIS AGREEMENT: A GLOBAL ACCORD TO LIMIT TEMPERATURE RISES THROUGH CARBON EMISSION REDUCTION TARGETS

The Paris Agreement, which was first signed in 2015, is an international agreement to control and limit climate change.

It hopes to hold the increase in the global average temperature to below 2°C (3.6ºF) 'and to pursue efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C (2.7°F)'.

It seems the more ambitious goal of restricting global warming to 1.5°C (2.7°F) may be more important than ever, according to previous research which claims 25 per cent of the world could see a significant increase in drier conditions. 

The Paris Agreement on Climate Change has four main goals with regards to reducing emissions:

1)  A long-term goal of keeping the increase in global average temperature to well below 2°C above pre-industrial levels

2) To aim to limit the increase to 1.5°C, since this would significantly reduce risks and the impacts of climate change

3) Governments agreed on the need for global emissions to peak as soon as possible, recognising that this will take longer for developing countries

4) To undertake rapid reductions thereafter in accordance with the best available science

Source: European Commission 

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 15:13 Stuur door

Blind psychic Baba Vanga's prophecy reveals the exact year of humanity's 'absolute doomsday'

Blind psychic Baba Vanga's prophecy reveals the exact year of humanity's 'absolute doomsday'

A blind psychic who allegedly foretold 9/11 and the Covid pandemic gave an exact date the world would end before her death nearly 30 years ago.

Baba Vanga, known as the 'Nostradamus of the Balkans,' predicted humanity's ultimate demise in the year 5079, when a cosmic event of 'unimaginable' proportions would bring about the complete destruction of the universe.

Her vision follows a detailed timeline depicting humanity's evolution, technological advancements, conflicts and eventual extinction. 

According to multiple reports, her prophecy showed humans expanding across the solar system, achieving immortality and even interacting with extraterrestrial civilizations before facing a final, catastrophic event.

Key milestones in the centuries leading up to 5079 include a war on Mars in 3005, a Moon-collision in 3010 and the extinction of life on Earth in 3797, by which point humans have already colonized a new planet. 

By the 4300s, humanity is advancing technologically and morally, curing all diseases and even increasing brain capacity to eliminate concepts like evil and hatred.

Civilization reaches its peak in 4674, with a population of 340 billion across planets and early integration with alien species.

In the final years, humans discover the boundary of the known universe and debate whether to venture beyond it. By 5079, this decision, or some associated catastrophe, triggers 'absolute doomsday,' ending human civilization and the universe.

Baba Vanga, known as the 'Nostradamus of the Balkans,' predicted humanity's ultimate demise in the year 5079, when a cosmic event of 'unimaginable' proportions would bring about the complete destruction of the universe

Baba Vanga, known as the 'Nostradamus of the Balkans,' predicted humanity's ultimate demise in the year 5079, when a cosmic event of 'unimaginable' proportions would bring about the complete destruction of the universe

Baba Vanga left no written records of her predictions. Most of the accounts come from her niece, Krasimira Stoyanova, or other followers who documented her alleged visions after her death, and who have been accused of misinterpreting what she said.

Born in 1911 as Vangeliya Pandeva Dimitrova, she was a famous blind Bulgarian mystic, clairvoyant and herbalist.

She lost her sight at age 12 after being caught in a tornado, an event that coincided with the emergence of her purported psychic abilities.

After turning 30, her powers of foresight, healing, and fortune-telling became prominent, attracting believers who sought her guidance.

She made numerous prophecies, often vague, about natural disasters, political shifts and future technologies, some of which supporters claim foretold events like the Kursk submarine disaster, Brexit and the rise of ISIS.

One of her most famous predictions was the attack on New York City's Twin Towers on September 11, 2001.

'Two metal birds will crash into our American brothers, wolves will howl from the bushes and the blood of the innocent will flow in the rivers,' she predicted.

While she has legions of followers, experts warn her prophecies are speculative and not grounded in fact.

Key milestones in the centuries leading up to 5079 include a war on Mars in 3005, a Moon-collision in 3010 and the extinction of life on Earth in 3797, by which point humans have already colonized a new planet

Key milestones in the centuries leading up to 5079 include a war on Mars in 3005, a Moon-collision in 3010 and the extinction of life on Earth in 3797, by which point humans have already colonized a new planet

According to Baba Vanga's alleged prophecies, humanity's path toward its ultimate end begins far beyond Earth. 

By the year 3005, humans are said to have expanded into space to such an extent that war erupts on Mars, a conflict so severe it alters planetary trajectories. 

Just five years later, in 3010, a comet or asteroid is believed to collide with the moon, sending debris into orbit and forming a visible ring around Earth, dramatically changing the planet's night sky.

article image

By 3797, all life on Earth is said to be extinguished, forcing humanity to survive by establishing colonies on a new planet elsewhere in the cosmos. 

That survival, however, comes at a high cost. Between 3803 and 3805, scarce resources spark devastating wars among the remaining population, wiping out more than half of humanity and pushing civilization toward collapse, according to Baba Vanga's predictions.

In the aftermath, progress grinds to a halt. From roughly 3815 through 3878, humanity regresses into tribal societies, living

 in scattered groups until the emergence of a new prophet who restores moral order. This figure is said to have founded a powerful church that not only spreads religious teachings but also revives forgotten scientific knowledge, laying the groundwork for a slow recovery.

By the early 4300s, civilization enters a renewed golden age. 

New cities rise, scientific breakthroughs accelerate, and humanity succeeds in curing all known diseases. 

Advances in genetics and neuroscience allow humans to dramatically expand their brain capacity, eliminating concepts such as hatred and evil altogether. 

By 4509, humanity reaches what the prophecy describes as an unprecedented moral state, enabling direct communication with God.

The timeline grows even more extraordinary by the late 45th century. 

In 4599, humans are said to achieve immortality, fundamentally reshaping society. 

Civilization reaches its absolute peak in 4674, with an estimated population of 340 billion spread across multiple planets, and early stages of assimilation with extraterrestrial beings already underway.

In the final years before the end, humans make a discovery that ultimately seals their fate. 

Between 5076 and 5078, explorers locate the boundary of the known universe, a mysterious edge whose true nature remains unknown. 

The revelation divides humanity, with a significant portion opposing attempts to move beyond it. 

Despite the warnings, humanity presses forward, and in 5079, Baba Vanga's prophecy culminates in what she described as 'absolute doomsday,' bringing about the destruction of human civilization, and possibly the universe itself.

RELATED VIDEOS

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 15:00 Stuur door

Blind psychic Baba Vanga's prophecy reveals the exact year of humanity's 'absolute doomsday'

Blind psychic Baba Vanga's prophecy reveals the exact year of humanity's 'absolute doomsday'

A blind psychic who allegedly foretold 9/11 and the Covid pandemic gave an exact date the world would end before her death nearly 30 years ago.

Baba Vanga, known as the 'Nostradamus of the Balkans,' predicted humanity's ultimate demise in the year 5079, when a cosmic event of 'unimaginable' proportions would bring about the complete destruction of the universe.

Her vision follows a detailed timeline depicting humanity's evolution, technological advancements, conflicts and eventual extinction. 

According to multiple reports, her prophecy showed humans expanding across the solar system, achieving immortality and even interacting with extraterrestrial civilizations before facing a final, catastrophic event.

Key milestones in the centuries leading up to 5079 include a war on Mars in 3005, a Moon-collision in 3010 and the extinction of life on Earth in 3797, by which point humans have already colonized a new planet. 

By the 4300s, humanity is advancing technologically and morally, curing all diseases and even increasing brain capacity to eliminate concepts like evil and hatred.

Civilization reaches its peak in 4674, with a population of 340 billion across planets and early integration with alien species.

In the final years, humans discover the boundary of the known universe and debate whether to venture beyond it. By 5079, this decision, or some associated catastrophe, triggers 'absolute doomsday,' ending human civilization and the universe.

Baba Vanga, known as the 'Nostradamus of the Balkans,' predicted humanity's ultimate demise in the year 5079, when a cosmic event of 'unimaginable' proportions would bring about the complete destruction of the universe

Baba Vanga, known as the 'Nostradamus of the Balkans,' predicted humanity's ultimate demise in the year 5079, when a cosmic event of 'unimaginable' proportions would bring about the complete destruction of the universe

Baba Vanga left no written records of her predictions. Most of the accounts come from her niece, Krasimira Stoyanova, or other followers who documented her alleged visions after her death, and who have been accused of misinterpreting what she said.

Born in 1911 as Vangeliya Pandeva Dimitrova, she was a famous blind Bulgarian mystic, clairvoyant and herbalist.

She lost her sight at age 12 after being caught in a tornado, an event that coincided with the emergence of her purported psychic abilities.

After turning 30, her powers of foresight, healing, and fortune-telling became prominent, attracting believers who sought her guidance.

She made numerous prophecies, often vague, about natural disasters, political shifts and future technologies, some of which supporters claim foretold events like the Kursk submarine disaster, Brexit and the rise of ISIS.

One of her most famous predictions was the attack on New York City's Twin Towers on September 11, 2001.

'Two metal birds will crash into our American brothers, wolves will howl from the bushes and the blood of the innocent will flow in the rivers,' she predicted.

While she has legions of followers, experts warn her prophecies are speculative and not grounded in fact.

Key milestones in the centuries leading up to 5079 include a war on Mars in 3005, a Moon-collision in 3010 and the extinction of life on Earth in 3797, by which point humans have already colonized a new planet

Key milestones in the centuries leading up to 5079 include a war on Mars in 3005, a Moon-collision in 3010 and the extinction of life on Earth in 3797, by which point humans have already colonized a new planet

According to Baba Vanga's alleged prophecies, humanity's path toward its ultimate end begins far beyond Earth. 

By the year 3005, humans are said to have expanded into space to such an extent that war erupts on Mars, a conflict so severe it alters planetary trajectories. 

Just five years later, in 3010, a comet or asteroid is believed to collide with the moon, sending debris into orbit and forming a visible ring around Earth, dramatically changing the planet's night sky.

article image

By 3797, all life on Earth is said to be extinguished, forcing humanity to survive by establishing colonies on a new planet elsewhere in the cosmos. 

That survival, however, comes at a high cost. Between 3803 and 3805, scarce resources spark devastating wars among the remaining population, wiping out more than half of humanity and pushing civilization toward collapse, according to Baba Vanga's predictions.

In the aftermath, progress grinds to a halt. From roughly 3815 through 3878, humanity regresses into tribal societies, living

 in scattered groups until the emergence of a new prophet who restores moral order. This figure is said to have founded a powerful church that not only spreads religious teachings but also revives forgotten scientific knowledge, laying the groundwork for a slow recovery.

By the early 4300s, civilization enters a renewed golden age. 

New cities rise, scientific breakthroughs accelerate, and humanity succeeds in curing all known diseases. 

Advances in genetics and neuroscience allow humans to dramatically expand their brain capacity, eliminating concepts such as hatred and evil altogether. 

By 4509, humanity reaches what the prophecy describes as an unprecedented moral state, enabling direct communication with God.

The timeline grows even more extraordinary by the late 45th century. 

In 4599, humans are said to achieve immortality, fundamentally reshaping society. 

Civilization reaches its absolute peak in 4674, with an estimated population of 340 billion spread across multiple planets, and early stages of assimilation with extraterrestrial beings already underway.

In the final years before the end, humans make a discovery that ultimately seals their fate. 

Between 5076 and 5078, explorers locate the boundary of the known universe, a mysterious edge whose true nature remains unknown. 

The revelation divides humanity, with a significant portion opposing attempts to move beyond it. 

Despite the warnings, humanity presses forward, and in 5079, Baba Vanga's prophecy culminates in what she described as 'absolute doomsday,' bringing about the destruction of human civilization, and possibly the universe itself.

RELATED VIDEOS

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 15:00 Stuur door

Europa Clipper Reveals a New Perspective on Comet 3I/ATLAS

Europa Clipper Reveals a New Perspective on Comet 3I/ATLAS

Map of how 3I/ATLAS is traveling through out solar system, compared to the inner planets, JUICe, and Europa Clipper. Credit - NASA/JPL-Caltech/APL/SwRI Map of how 3I/ATLAS is traveling through out solar system, compared to the inner planets, JUICe, and Europa Clipper. Credit - NASA/JPL-Caltech/APL/SwRI

Researchers have been trying to look at interstellar object 3I/ATLAS from every conceivable angle. That includes very unconventional ones. Recently, while 3I/ATLAS passed out of view of the Earth, it moved into a great vantage point for one of our interplanetary probes. Europa Clipper, whose main mission is to explore Jupiter’s active moon, turned its gaze during its six year journey back towards the center of the solar system and observed 3I/ATLAS as it was reaching its perihelion, and out of sight from the Earth.

Realizing that it could do so did not take long. Only a week after first finding this interstellar visitor, rocket scientists at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory had mapped its entirely trajectory through the solar system. Armed with that information, Europa Clipper’s operational team realized the craft would have a unique vantage point during the later part of this year.

As it makes its way to Jupiter, it is currently curving slightly outside the orbit of Mars. 3I/ATLAS is making its way past the Red Planet, passing slightly inside its orbit, and has already garnered plenty of attention from instruments based there. But, Europa Clipper has some instruments that are uniquely well suited to studying the intricacies of the comet, and it just so happened to be able to observe it after it had moved out of sight from Mars, but before it was again visible from Earth.

The Ultraviolet Spectrograph (UVS) was originally designed to analyze the composition of Europa’s atmosphere and surface. But for the purposes of comet observation, it can detect transitions from atoms and molecules, such as when water breaks into hydrogen and oxygen.

Fraser discusses the actual science behind 3I/ATLAS

Insights like those are particularly critical, as from its vantage point, Europa Clipper was able to see the comet’s two “tails”. One, which follows behind the comet’s path, is made up primarily of dust parts that have fallen off the comet itself. The other, which extends from the comet directly away from the Sun, is made up of particles that have been directly plasmatized by the Sun’s rays.

Both of these tails are of interest to scientists, as they offer some of the best clues both to what 3I/ATLAS is made of, but also the chemical processes that are happening on the comet as it passes close to a star for the first time in potentially billions of years. Tracking how closely those processes conform to expectations of how they work in our own solar system is one of the critical insights that 3I/ATLAS can give us about the makeup of the galaxy outside our own neighborhood.

Europa Clipper also won’t be the only craft observing our visitor during that critical gap in observations from Earth and Mars-based platform. The Jupiter Icy Moon Explorer (JUICE), operator by ESA, also happened to be in position to observe 3I/ATLAS at the same time, but from a more typical view looking away from the Sun, as it passes back through Earth’s orbit on its way out to Jupiter. JUICE has its own version of the UVS instrument, and the additional data from a different angle will inherently complement that taken by Europa Clipper.

Fraser discusses 3I/ATLAS's perihelion, around the time of the Europa Clipper observations.

This extra observational time from these two space probes is honestly just lucky - if they happened to be further on in their journey, they wouldn’t have such a front-row seat to this once in a life-time flyby. While the results and analysis from this event haven’t yet been published, it likely will be in the next few months. Granted, they probably won’t stop sensationalists from continuing to claim that 3I/ATLAS is some sort of alien space craft, but as we continue to gather more evidence that it’s not, both Europa Clipper and JUICE will play a critical role in proving that something unforeseen didn’t happen when the object was blocked from out sight from other vantage points. And before long, Europa Clipper itself will pass through the comet's dust tail - who knows what additional observations it will be able to make from that unique vantage point.

Learn More:

RELATED VIDEOS



{ https://www.universetoday.com/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:12 Stuur door

“Dream turned into a nightmare”: a scientist suffered depression after flying to the edge of space

“Dream turned into a nightmare”: a scientist suffered depression after flying to the edge of space

Activist and researcher Amanda Nguyen, who flew on Blue Origin’s all-female spaceflight in April 2025, has admitted to suffering from severe psychological distress after the mission. After months of battling depression, she has reported feeling better and shared her experience of overcoming severe trauma.

Activist and researcher Amanda Nguyen emotionally exits the New Shepard capsule immediately after landing. Photo: Blue Origin

Dream that turned into a challenge

In her Instagram post, Amanda revealed the deep depression that overwhelmed her after returning to Earth.

“Another dream turned into a nightmare,” she wrote. Nguyen described feeling that all her achievements – her scientific work, her historic status as the first Vietnamese woman in space – were “buried under an avalanche of misogyny” and hostile comments in the media.

A 34-year-old woman, the child of refugees who fled Vietnam by boat, felt like a “collateral victim.” She couldn’t get out of bed for weeks, and a month after the flight, she couldn’t speak through her tears during a call from a Blue Origin employee.

The star-studded crew of the Blue Origin NS-31 space tourism mission. Photo: Blue Origin

Despite her experiences, Amanda emphasized the positive outcomes of the mission. The flight drew attention to her breast cancer research and helped achieve the goal of using science as a tool for diplomacy. She recalled the symbolism: when Neil Armstrong was on the moon, bombs were falling on Vietnam, and now her family had seen a Vietnamese woman in space.

“We arrived in boats, and now we are in spaceships,” she wrote.

The road to recovery

Eight months later, Nguyen felt that “the fog of grief had begun to lift.” In her diary, she wrote, “I am happy to report that my depression is gone.” She concluded that the past never completely leaves us, but she is proud that she kept her promise to fight for her dreams and focus on kindness.

“The best gift this season is that I feel the fog lifting. I can say that it won’t take years,” Amanda Nguyen summed up.

Earlier, we reported on how a space tourist “saw death” after flying on New Shepard.

RELATED VIDEOS

{ https://universemagazine.com/en/articles-en/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:56 Stuur door

The Star of Bethlehem might have actually been a comet described in an ancient Chinese text

The Star of Bethlehem might have actually been a comet described in an ancient Chinese text

Star of Bethlehem

Image generated by the editorial team using DALL·E for illustrative purposes.

Many researchers have spent decades attempting to decode biblical descriptions and link them to verifiable historical events. One such description is that of the Star of Bethlehem—a bright astronomical body that was said to lead the Magi to Jesus shortly after his birth.

Although many attempts have been made to link the Star of Bethlehem to astronomical bodies, the unique motion of the "star" did not quite fit any known object. However, a new research study, published in Journal of the British Astronomical Association, describes a likely candidate for the bright object seen above Bethlehem over 2000 years ago—a comet described in an ancient Chinese text.

Nonsensical motion

The biblical text in question occurs in the book of Matthew and describes a "star," which the authors of the study suggest may be any celestial object. The text says that the star "went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was." The star is described as being in the eastern sky. The study authors meticulously analyzed the context and potential meaning of the story.

They write, "The passage indicates that after the Star appeared to precede the Magi on their short journey to Bethlehem, it reached a position over the town, perhaps overhead near the zenith, where its motion came to a noticeable stop for a period coincident with their arrival."

The Star of Bethlehem might have actually been a comet described in an ancient Chinese text

This is a simplified diagram of a hypothetical interplanetary object ("C") traveling near Earth. The subscripts refer to its position at time steps t1 to t7. For a fixed position ("P") on the rotating Earth, the object would appear to remain stationary directly overhead as a "temporary geosynchronous object" for several hours (t3 to t5). Credit: Journal of the British Astronomical Association (2025). DOI: 10.64150/193njt

Of course, this motion is not typical of most astronomical objects, like stars and planets. Instead, most astronomical objects simply appear to rise in the east and set in the west, due to the rotation of Earth. This led to three interpretations: the story is simply a myth used to make a point and no such object existed, it was an actual miracle or there is a natural (although, rare) astronomical event that explains the motion.

Some researchers held onto the idea that there is a physical explanation. After all, there are some situations where an object might appear to stop temporarily in the sky. In particular, an object that is in geosynchronous motion with Earth will appear to be motionless in the sky. This can theoretically occur with a comet if it is in the right place and moving at the right velocity.

A few different comets have been suggested, such as Halley's Comet, but these did not fit the timing or placement needed for the Star of Bethlehem. And so, the authors of the new study conducted a search of many historical documents to find mention of any other observed astronomical events during the time period.

A potential match

A passage in a Chinese document known as the Han Shu (History of the Former Han Dynasty), caught the attention of the study authors with the mention of a "broom star"—known to be a term for a comet—in the "second month" of the "second year."

"The 'second month' of the 'second year' corresponds to the Chinese lunar month spanning 5 BCE [from] March 9 to April 6, which falls neatly within the estimated window for Jesus's birth. Being visible 'for over 70 days' suggests that the object was likely bright," the study authors explain.

The researchers also say that period fits with the life of King Herod, who ordered a massacre of male children under two years old in an attempt to kill Jesus. Herod ruled Judea as a Roman client king from 37 BCE to 4 BCE.

Simulations were conducted to generate possible comet orbits fitting the observations. The numerical modeling showed that this comet could have passed close enough to Earth in June of 5 BCE, to exhibit the "temporary geosynchronous" motion needed to make it appear to pause overhead for several hours. The best-fit orbit showed the comet would have appeared nearly stationary over Bethlehem for about two hours.

Positive omens and Magi motivations

The team also asked the question: "How could a comet appearing in Capricornus in March/April of 5 BCE have convinced the Magi that a king had been born in Judea, prompting them to undertake a long journey?"

To attempt to better understand their motivations, the researchers examined ancient astrological and cultural beliefs that the Magi may have been exposed to in order to explain why they would interpret the comet as a sign indicating the birth of Jesus. They found mentions of comets signifying both good and bad omens in both Greco-Roman and Mesopotamian texts.

"A major criticism of the comet hypothesis is that ancient astrologers interpreted the omens associated with their appearance as harbingers of evil, rather than as signs of good tidings such as a new king. However, closer examination of comet omens will show that interpretations of comet appearances were not always negative," the study authors explain.

They found that some omens in Mesopotamian texts could even have been interpreted to link a comet's appearance with events in the royal families of client kingdoms and that it is possible that this influenced the Magi's belief that the birth of a new Judean king had occurred.

Whether or not the comet mentioned in the Han Shu was the same celestial body witnessed over Bethlehem, the study authors say that this study has proven that such an object could exist that would explain the event.

They conclude by saying, "This study shows that it is no longer justifiable to claim that 'no astronomical event' could possibly have behaved in the manner described by Matthew."

RELATED VIDEOS


{ https://phys.org/space-news/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:42 Stuur door

The Star of Bethlehem could have been a comet from Chinese chronicles

The Star of Bethlehem could have been a comet from Chinese chronicles

The star described in the Gospels, which heralded the appearance of Jesus Christ in Bethlehem, behaves extremely strangely for a celestial body. However, scientists have calculated that under certain conditions, a comet could exhibit similar behavior. They even found a possible candidate.

The Star of Bethlehem. Source: phys.org

The Star of Bethlehem

Recently, the Journal of the British Astronomical Association published an article in which scientists attempted to explain the nature of the star that, according to the Bible, heralded the birth of Jesus Christ in Bethlehem and guided the three wise men from the East to him. Surprisingly, they found a completely rational explanation for it.

This is not the first time scientists have tried to understand whether there is any real astronomical event behind the Gospel myth. And it is clear that the word “star” can actually mean any celestial body. However, in the Gospel of Matthias, where it is described in the most detail, its behavior seems too strange.

Based on the text, the star of Bethlehem was initially somewhere in the east, then, overtaking the Magi, it flew west and hovered somewhere at the zenith above the city where Jesus was born. And it is precisely its stopping in one place that seems most strange. Whether it is a planet, a comet, or something else in space, its rotation should be affected by the rotation of our planet; that is, one way or another, it should rise and set during the day.

But in reality, there is one object that truly seems to hover above one place – a satellite in geostationary orbit. Of course, it actually moves, but its linear velocity is such that its angular velocity coincides with the Earth’s rotation.

Comet from Chinese sources

And now scientists have calculated that the same suspension effect could have occurred when a comet flew close to Earth. Of course, it did not enter geosynchronous orbit. But it moved much faster than a satellite in geostationary orbit. This means that at some point, it could have actually hovered over Bethlehem for a couple of hours.

And the most interesting thing is that the authors have already found a good candidate for the role of the Star of Bethlehem – a comet mentioned in the Chinese chronicle “Han Shu,” also known as the History of the Former Han Dynasty. According to this document, the comet appeared in the second month of the second year and was visible for 70 days. This means that it was indeed very bright.

The specified time period is March-April 5 BC. And this coincides perfectly with assumptions about the true date of Jesus’ birth. After all, King Herod, the same one who is credited with the mass murder of infants, ruled Judea from 37 to 4 BC. So, from this point of view, everything is indeed reliable.

However, opponents of the “comet” theory have another argument. In the tradition of Eastern mystics, which theoretically included the three wise kings, the comet was associated with something bad. However, researchers have recently discovered that this is not entirely true, as its appearance could also be linked to events in the royal family. So it could indeed have been perceived as a sign of the birth of a new king.

{ https://universemagazine.com/en/articles-en/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:30 Stuur door

Europa’s radioactive ocean: what could alien life feed on?

Europa’s radioactive ocean: what could alien life feed on?

NASA scientists have proposed a new, unexpected source of energy that could sustain life in the deep ocean of Jupiter’s moon Europa. It may not be deep heat, but radioactive elements seeping from the ocean floor.

Jupiter rising over Europa. Illustration: Space Engine

A revolutionary model was presented at the annual conference of the American Geophysical Union. It suggests that the key to life may lie not in the moon’s interior, but in the rocks at the bottom of its ocean. Radioactive decay of uranium and potassium in these rocks could provide the energy necessary for biology.

The scale of the possible biosphere

Europa (moon). Source: NASA/JPL-Caltech/SETI Institute

Researchers were inspired by terrestrial ecosystems in deep-sea hydrothermal vents, where microorganisms exist thanks to chemosynthesis – the process of obtaining energy from chemical reactions. A similar process may occur on Europa. Radioactive decay splits water molecules into hydrogen and oxygen ions, which can become “fuel” for microbes.

The depth of the ocean on Europa can reach 100 km. Illustration: NASA
Internal structure of Jupiter’s moon Europa. Illustration: NASA

A team led by planetary scientist Ngoc Tuan Truong has modeled the concentration of radioactive isotopes in Europa’s ocean. Calculations showed that the energy released is sufficient to sustain biomass equivalent to a thousand blue whales. This discovery is particularly important in light of new data on Europa’s thick ice crust, which may insulate the ocean from the heat of the core.

Checking the theory

Evidence for this theory may be found by NASA’s Europa Clipper mission, which will reach Jupiter’s system in 2030. The spacecraft will study the composition of the ice and the deep processes of the moon. If the hypothesis is confirmed, Europa will be revealed as a world where life can feed on the energy of radioactive decay – a rather original scenario for the search for extraterrestrial intelligence.

Poster Europa Clipper: Journey to an Ocean World. Source: NASA/ Jet Propulsion Laboratory-Caltech

Earlier, we explained whether Europa will be habitable when the Sun becomes old and red.

RELATED VIDEOS

{ https://universemagazine.com/en/articles-en/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:22 Stuur door

Are we Martians? An interesting idea that life on Earth began on the red planet

Are we Martians? An interesting idea that life on Earth began on the red planet

It is quite possible that Mars was the first planet in the solar system where life originated. And only later did microorganisms from Mars reach Earth. So, from a certain point of view, we may be all Martians.

Earth and Mars. Source: phys.org

A bold hypothesis

How did life begin on Earth? While scientists have theories, they don’t yet fully understand the precise chemical steps that led to biology, or when the first primitive life forms appeared.

But what if Earth’s life did not originate here, instead arriving on meteorites from Mars? It’s not the most favored theory for life’s origins, but it remains an intriguing hypothesis. Here, we’ll examine the evidence for and against.

Timing is a key factor. Mars formed around 4.6 billion years ago, while Earth is slightly younger at 4.54 billion years old. The surfaces of both planets were initially molten, before gradually cooling and hardening.

Life could, in theory, have arisen independently on both Earth and Mars shortly after formation. While the surface of Mars today is probably uninhabitable for life as we know it, early Mars probably had similar conditions to early Earth.

The possibility of life forming on Mars

Early Mars seems to have had a protective atmosphere and liquid water in the form of oceans, rivers, and lakes. It may also have been geothermally active, with plenty of hydrothermal vents and hot springs to provide the necessary conditions for the emergence of life.

However, about 4.51 billion years ago, a Mars-sized, rocky planet called Theia crashed into proto-Earth. This impact caused both bodies to melt together and then separate into Earth and its moon. If life had begun before this event, it certainly would not have survived it.

Mars, on the other hand, probably didn’t experience a global remelting event. The red planet had its fair share of impacts in the violent early solar system, but evidence suggests that none of these would have been large enough to destroy the planet, and some areas could have remained relatively stable.

So if life arose on Mars shortly after the formation of the planet 4.6 billion years ago, it could have continued evolving without major interruptions for at least half a billion years. After this time, Mars’ magnetic field collapsed, marking the beginning of the end for Martian habitability. The protective atmosphere disappeared, leaving the planet’s surface exposed to freezing temperatures and ionizing radiation from space.

The time required for life to emerge

But what of Earth: how soon did life appear after the impact that formed the moon? Tracing the tree of life back to its root leads to a microorganism called Luca – the last universal common ancestor. This is the microbial species from which all life today is descended. A recent study reconstructed Luca’s characteristics using genetics and the fossil record of early life on Earth. It is inferred that Luca lived 4.2 billion years ago – earlier than some previous estimates.

Luca was not the earliest organism on Earth, but one of multiple species of microbe existing in tandem on our planet at this time. They were competing, cooperating, and surviving the elements, as well as fending off attacks from viruses.

If small but fairly complex ecosystems were present on Earth around 4.2 billion years ago, life must have originated earlier. But how much earlier? The new estimate for the age of Luca is 360 million years after the formation of Earth and 290 million years after the moon-forming impact. All we know is that in these 290 million years, chemistry somehow became biology. Was this enough time for life to originate on Earth and then diversify into the ecosystems present when Luca was alive?

A Martian origin for terrestrial life circumvents this question. According to the hypothesis, species of Martian microorganism could have traveled to Earth on meteorites just in time to take advantage of the clement conditions following the moon’s formation.

The timing may be convenient for this idea. However, as someone who works in the field, my hunch would be that 290 million years is plenty of time for chemical reactions to produce the first living organisms on Earth, and for biology to subsequently diversify and become more complex.

Surviving the journey

Luca’s reconstructed genome suggests that it could live off molecular hydrogen or simple organic molecules as food sources. Along with other evidence, this suggests that Luca’s habitat was either a shallow marine hydrothermal vent system or a geothermal hot spring. Current thought in the origin of life field is that these kinds of environments on early Earth had the necessary conditions for life to emerge from non-living chemistry.

Luca also contained biochemical machinery that could protect it from high temperatures and UV radiation – real dangers in these early Earth environments. However, it’s far from certain that early life forms could have survived the journey from Mars to Earth. And there’s nothing in Luca’s genome to suggest that it was particularly well adapted to space flight.

To have made it to Earth, microorganisms would need to have survived the initial impact on Mars’ surface, a high-speed ejection from the Martian atmosphere, and travel through the vacuum of space while being bombarded by cosmic rays for at least the best part of a year.

They would then have needed to survive the high-temperature entry through Earth’s atmosphere and another impact onto the surface. This last event may or may not have deposited it in an environment to which it was even remotely adapted.

The chances of all of this seem pretty slim to me. However difficult the transition from chemistry to biology may appear, it seems far easier to me than the idea that this transition would occur on Mars, with life forms surviving the journey to Earth, and then adapting to a completely new planet.

The resilience of microorganisms in space

It’s useful to look at studies of whether microorganisms could survive the journey between planets. So far, it looks like only the hardiest microorganisms could survive the journey between Mars and Earth. These are species adapted to preventing damage from radiation and capable of surviving desiccation through the formation of spores.

But maybe, just maybe, if a population of microorganisms were trapped in the interior of a sufficiently large meteorite, they could be protected from most of the harsh conditions of space. Some computer simulations even support this idea. Further simulations and laboratory experiments to test this are ongoing.

This raises another question – if life made it from Mars to Earth within the first 500 million years of our solar system’s existence, why hasn’t it spread from Earth to the rest of the solar system in the following four billion years? Maybe we’re not the Martians after all.

{ https://universemagazine.com/en/articles-en/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:08 Stuur door

An eerie sound has haunted Cincinnati for weeks and no one can explain it

An eerie sound has haunted Cincinnati for weeks and no one can explain it

For several weeks, residents across multiple Cincinnati neighborhoods have reported a persistent and unusual eerie sound that appears to have no clear point of origin. 
eerie%20sound%20Cincinnati.jpg

This is not the first time people have reported hearing strange sounds. Over the years, unexplained noises have been documented around the world, from mysterious sky booms and trumpet-like blasts to The Hum, a persistent low-frequency tone heard by only a small percentage of the population. 
Such phenomena are often tentatively linked to geological activity, industrial operations, or unusual atmospheric conditions. Some have even suggested a connection to unidentified aerial phenomena (UAP/UFO) in our skies. Despite decades of reports, these sounds continue to baffle both scientists and residents alike, and to this day, no definitive explanation for their sources exists.  
The noise Cincinnati is described as an oscillating, siren-like tone rising and falling in pitch, sometimes lasting for extended periods, sometimes stopping abruptly. Those who hear it say it is impossible to locate, yet difficult to ignore. 
While unexplained sounds are not uncommon in dense urban environments, what has drawn attention in this case is the lack of a confirmed explanation despite weeks of reports. 
One potential explanation involves aging locomotive equipment operating at a nearby rail yard. Certain engines are known to produce low-frequency acoustic effects that can travel considerable distances under specific atmospheric conditions. 
However, a spokesperson for the rail company has stated that they are unable to confirm the rail yard as the source of the sound. 
As of now, no person, agency or company has publicly identified the origin of the mysterious noise.

{ http://ufosightingshotspot.blogspot.com/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 20:58 Stuur door

Meta AI Can Now Read Your Mind: A Deep Dive into Brain-to-Text Technology

Meta AI Can Now Read Your Mind: A Deep Dive into Brain-to-Text Technology

Meta's AI can now decode brain activity into text with 80% accuracy, bringing us closer to mind-powered communication. Dive into the future of brain-computer interfaces—read the full story now!

Imagine a world where your thoughts can be transcribed into text without lifting a finger. Meta is turning this futuristic vision into reality. In collaboration with the Basque Center on Cognition, Brain, and Language, Meta's AI research team has developed a groundbreaking system capable of decoding brain activity into text with remarkable accuracy.

The Science Behind the Magic

This innovative approach utilises non-invasive techniques, specifically magnetoencephalography (MEG) and electroencephalography (EEG), to measure the brain's magnetic and electrical activity. In a study involving 35 participants, researchers recorded brain signals as individuals typed sentences. These recordings trained an AI model to predict text based solely on brain activity. The results were astounding: the system achieved up to 80% accuracy in decoding characters from MEG data, significantly outperforming previous EEG-based methods.

A Leap Forward in Non-Invasive Brain-Computer Interfaces

Traditional brain-computer interfaces often require surgical implants, posing risks and limiting accessibility. Meta's approach, however, is entirely non-invasive. By employing MEG and EEG, the system captures brain activity without the need for implants, making the technology safer and more accessible. This advancement holds promise for individuals with speech impairments or paralysis, offering a potential pathway to regain communication abilities.

Challenges on the Horizon

While the progress is impressive, several hurdles remain:

  • Equipment Limitations: MEG technology requires large, expensive machinery—approximately $2 million per device—and necessitates a magnetically shielded room. This setup is currently impractical for everyday use.
  • Sensitivity to Movement: Participants must remain still during MEG recordings, as even slight movements can disrupt signal accuracy. This constraint poses challenges for real-world applications.
  • Individual Variability: The AI model requires personalised training, as brain activity patterns differ among individuals. Developing a universal model applicable to everyone remains a complex task.

The Road Ahead: From Lab to Life

Transitioning this technology from the laboratory to everyday life involves addressing these challenges. Researchers are exploring ways to miniaturise MEG equipment and enhance its portability. Advancements in AI could lead to models that generalise across users, reducing the need for individualised training. Moreover, ethical considerations, particularly concerning mental privacy and data security, must be prioritised as the technology progresses.

A Glimpse into the Future

Meta's brain-to-text system represents a significant stride in human-computer interaction. Envision a future where composing messages or controlling devices is as effortless as thinking. While practical implementation may still be years away, the foundation laid by this research brings us closer to a world where our minds can seamlessly interface with technology.

In the words of Meta's AI research team, "Our efforts are not towards products but towards understanding the computational principles that allow the brain to acquire language."

As we continue to unravel the mysteries of the mind, the possibilities for innovation are boundless.

Introduction: Pre-Crime and Mind Reading Technology

  • References 2002 movie "Minority Report" (2054 setting) - pre-crime police units arresting future criminals
  • Breakthrough: AI translating brain scans into text at tissue level
  • May 2023: University of Texas Austin creates "semantic decoder" converting brain activity to text
  • Meta develops similar technology plus real-time visual brain wave analysis
  • Potential applications: helping speech-impaired individuals vs privacy concerns

UT Austin Semantic Decoder Research

  • Lead researchers: Jerry Tang (doctoral student computer science), Alexander Huth (assistant professor neuroscience/computer science)
  • Publication: Journal of Nature Neuroscience
  • Device name: Non-invasive language decoder
  • Capabilities: Reconstruct continuous language from perceived speech, imagined speech, silent videos
  • Advantage over invasive methods: Lower risk than Neuralink-type implants but less clear data

Meta AI Can Now Read Your Mind: A Deep Dive into Brain-to-Text Technology

Technical Implementation

  • Method: Functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) - non-invasive brain recordings
  • Spatial specificity: Excellent - pinpoints neuroactivity with great accuracy
  • Temporal limitation: Blood oxygen level dependent (BOLD) signal slow - 10 seconds rise/fall
  • Challenge: Natural speech rate 1-2 words per second vs 10-second fMRI response time

Training Process

  • Training data: 16 hours of spoken narrative stories per subject
  • Model type: Encoding model predicting brain responses to natural language
  • Method: Linear regression extracting semantic features
  • Individual training: 15+ hours of data per person in MRI scanner

AI Integration

  • Generative AI: GPT-1 (earlier ChatGPT version) for proper English grammar/structure
  • Algorithm: Beam search for efficient word sequence generation
  • Process: Analyzes brain activity → generates word sequences one at a time → keeps most probable sentences → refines predictions continuously
  • Example: "I ate an apple" → decoder generates "I consumed a fruit" or "an apple was in my mouth"

Research Results and Testing

Performance Evaluation

  • Test subjects: 3 individuals with trained decoders
  • Method: Brain responses to new stories analyzed
  • Results: Decoded sequences captured meaning, often replicated exact words/phrases
  • Significance: Semantic information extractable from fMRI brain signals

Brain Region Analysis

  • Discovery: Diverse brain regions redundantly encode word-level language representations
  • Implication: Backup systems for language understanding - if one region damaged, others process same information
  • Analogy: Multiple copies of same book for redundancy

Extended Capabilities

  • Imagined speech: Successfully decoded content/meaning during fMRI scans
  • Cross-modal decoding: Worked when participants viewing movies (not hearing spoken language)
  • Visual processing: Model predicted word descriptions of what participants seeing

Meta's Advanced Brain Reading System

Technical Specifications

  • Launch date: October 18, 2023
  • Technology: MEG (magnetoencephalography) - non-invasive neuroimaging
  • Resolution: Thousands of brain activity measurements per second (vs fMRI's few seconds)
  • Capability: Real-time visual representation decoding from brain activity

System Architecture

  • Three components: Image encoder, brain encoder, image decoder
  • Training data: Public MEG recordings from healthy volunteers
  • AI alignment: Brain signals align with Dino V2 computer vision AI
  • Learning method: Self-supervised learning (no human labels)

Performance Results

  • Capability: Reconstruct images from brain activity in real-time
  • Accuracy: Correctly identified broad object categories
  • Limitations: Unstable in finer details
  • Process: Left side shows original image, right side shows AI interpretation from brain waves only

Future Applications and Implications

Positive Applications

  • Medical: Help mentally conscious but unable to speak/communicate individuals
  • Consumer technology: Smartphone volume/notifications/music adapt to mood/brain activity
  • Interface: Device commands via thoughts (like Google Assistant but with brain)

Next Sense Earbuds Development

  • Company: Originated from Google's Alphabet X division
  • Timeline: Working since 2020
  • Capabilities: Capture human brain signals via earbuds
  • Medical applications: Monitor/diagnose epilepsy, depression, sleep disorders
  • Functions: Detect seizures, assess medication effectiveness, improve deep sleep

Privacy and Ethical Concerns

  • Privacy catastrophe: Meta/Google knowing thoughts/visual focus for advertising
  • Public opinion manipulation: Potential to sway opinions
  • Meta's track record: Poor history with user privacy and consent
  • Wearable integration: Concerns about Meta VR headsets, camera glasses

Technical Limitations for True Telepathy

  • Accuracy/resolution: Must increase significantly
  • Contextual understanding: Need tone, emotion, contextual nuances
  • Bidirectional communication: Send and receive thoughts between people
  • Current status: True telepathy remains fiction

Scientific Reception and Media Coverage

Researcher Reactions

  • Dr. Alexander Huth quote: "We were kind of shocked that it works as well as it does. I've been working on this for 15 years"
  • Professor Tim Beren (Oxford): Praised technical progress, potential to decipher thoughts/dreams/subconscious ideas
  • Quote: "These generative models are letting you see what's in the brain at a new level"

Current Limitations

  • Equipment: Scanners bulky and expensive
  • Training: Long and tiresome process
  • Environment: Controlled laboratory settings only
  • Future outlook: Technology will improve like all tech

{ https://twinmind.com/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 20:48 Stuur door

Things You Only Notice In The Fifth Element The Second Time Around

Things You Only Notice In The Fifth Element The Second Time Around

Uncover hidden details, clever Easter eggs, and subtle references in The Fifth Element that even die-hard fans might have missed. Dive deeper into this sci-fi classic with fresh insights and fun facts.
Though it bombed at the box office back in 1997, "The Fifth Element" has become the ultimate sci-fi cult classic. There's a story behind that transformation, but it really comes down to the incredible amount of work that dozens of people put into making the movie a reality. Director Luc Besson set out to create one of the most imaginative and funny sci-fi films to date, and without a doubt, he succeeded.

"The Fifth Element" centers on taxi driver Korben Dallas (Bruce Willis) and resurrected perfect being Leeloo (Milla Jovovich). The unlikely couple have a chance meeting that leads them out into deep space and on a quest to save the world from a galactic-scale evil threat. In the background of their grand adventure is a deeply intriguing world filled with alien opera singers, incompetent government officials, and capitalist villains willing to sacrifice Earth for power.

Besson's film is the kind of movie that warrants multiple viewings. Plenty of its fans were kids in 1997 and are just now realizing how many details in "The Fifth Element" were just for adults. It's not all raunchy humor and political satire, though. If you haven't seen "The Fifth Element" in a while, there's plenty of good and bad to be discovered on a second viewing.

Was that Luke Perry?

Gaumont Buena Vista International

"The Fifth Element" has a truly star-studded cast. It's not every day you see people like Bruce Willis, Milla Jovovich, Ian Holm, and Gary Oldman all sharing the screen. Even the movie's smaller characters are played by excellent actors like Brion James and Tom Lister Jr. — and then of course there's Chris Tucker's character, Ruby Rhod.

The first time you watch the movie, it's easy to be so starstruck that you actually miss one or two big stars who get featured in the movie. On a second pass, though, you'll notice that even extremely minor characters are played by recognizable actors. 

There's a reason, for instance, why Billy looks so familiar in the beginning of the movie. Billy is a research assistant who witnesses aliens landing on Earth in 1914. He's got a very small part to play in the movie, which is a little strange considering he's played by Luke Perry. By 1997 Perry was an established star, with seven years of "Beverly Hills 90210" and plenty of other roles under his belt. Perry is the kind of actor who regularly showed up in unexpected places, but even when he doesn't have that much to do in a movie, he brings a certain level of charm to a character.

The score is even better than you remember

Gaumont Buena Vista International

People pay plenty of attention to the visual effects in "The Fifth Element," and they should: Everything from model work to murals to prosthetics got used to make the sci-fi world of Luc Besson's imagination come to life. The visual style of "The Fifth Element" sticks with you long after you watch the film, and revisiting it down the road, you'll realize that the movie looks just as good today as it did in 1997. The visuals are so good, in fact, that they just might distract you from how incredible the movie's score really is.

The first time, it's easy to lose track of the music and get lost in the action, but watching the movie a second time makes the score really stand out. At every step of the way the music supports what's happening on screen, but there are some moments that are even more striking  than the visual effects. The passage playing during Leeloo's initial escape into Korben's taxi is a particular highlight.

Of course, the biggest musical moment comes during Diva Plavalaguna's performance. Composer Eric Serra knew that creating an alien opera was a tall order, and he wrote the piece to purposely include notes beyond the reach of the human voice. Opera singer Inva Mula recorded the vocal performance, and she was actually able to sing a majority of what Serra had written. Some careful digital editing took care of the rest and perfected Plavalaguna's otherworldly song.

2263 desperately needs police reform


Gaumont Buena Vista International

At its heart, "The Fifth Element" is an adventure story. Korben's chance encounter with Leeloo sends his life spiraling in a new direction, and the two of them end up racing across deep space to save the universe from evil. The movie introduces some dazzling locations and sci-fi concepts, but it doesn't spend nearly as much time developing them as it does rushing through the plot. That's why every time you rewatch the movie, you'll notice new small details about the world — and sometimes they're a little concerning.

By the end of the movie, we don't know all that much about New York City circa 2263, but we've gotten enough details to learn that the city is a borderline dystopia. Korben's life as a taxi driver gives us a glimpse into the capitalist nightmare that seems to have taken over this version of the future, and his chase with the police lets us know that New York really needs to consider some drastic reform measures.

As Korben's taxi races past a police hover car early in the movie, we see that the NYPD of 2263 wears full metal body armor at all times, even if they're at a fast food drive-thru. When the police start to pursue Korben, it quickly becomes clear that collateral damage isn't a concern for them. They all but tear apart the city trying to get Korben, and they don't even succeed. Life as a pedestrian in this future NYC has to be a bit scary.

Leeloo speaks a real language

Gaumont Buena Vista International

When Leeloo lands in the back of Korben's taxi, she doesn't know where she is, and she definitely doesn't know how to speak English. Considering that she's just been essentially resurrected and brought into the future from thousands of years in the past, she learns how to communicate remarkably quickly. Though she picks up more and more English as the movie progresses, most of the time Leeloo speaks a language beyond anyone's comprehension.

At least, most of the people in the movie have a hard time understanding her. In reality, the language that Leeloo speaks is entirely real, and it was created by director Luc Besson just for this movie. Besson spent 15 years developing the world of "The Fifth Element," and in all that time he also spent some effort creating a dictionary for the Divine Language. Besson invented around 400 words so that Leeloo could, in theory, say everything she needs to say through the entire movie in a real language. Besson and Milla Jovovich both became so fluent in the Divine Language that they even used it to communicate with each other while filming.

Did Korben work for Zorg?

Korben holding Zorg notice of termination

Gaumont Buena Vista International

"The Fifth Element" gets more mileage than most movies out of playing with tropes and character archetypes. The story has a traditional big evil and a chosen one destined to defeat it. Leeloo and Korben both get to play out different takes on the hero archetype, while Zorg (Gary Oldman) stands in for the movie's real villain. The movie sets up a story that's initially familiar, but it subverts the usual formula whenever it can.

One of the oddest parts about "The Fifth Element" is that the heroes and the villains never actually see each other face to face. Obviously the big space evil is a kind of amorphous entity that would probably have trouble standing on the surface of Earth, but Leeloo and Korben never even meet Zorg, the evil's human representative. They save the day without ever properly squaring off against Zorg, but that doesn't mean they have no connection to Zorg whatsoever.

After using his taxi to escape from the police, Korben loses his job, and that's actually Zorg's first strike against our heroes. The first time they watch the movie, most people probably miss a small detail on Korben's termination notice. Zorg owns the company that fires Korben, so even though the two never directly meet, their conflict is still personal.

The future's military needs better leadership

General Munro and two other men staring

Gaumont Buena Vista International

According to "The Fifth Element," by 2263 humanity will have spread out to the stars and made contact with alien civilizations. Earth will be filled with sprawling cities, hover cars, and the kind of technology that lets you regrow life from tissue samples. The future sounds amazing, but when you really think about the people who are in charge of the planet, you might have second thoughts about that.

Earth's military has a big role to play in "The Fifth Element." They're the ones who make first contact with the great evil that employs Zorg, and they eventually help send Korben and Leeloo on their journey to save the world. It might be fair to say all's well that ends well, but the movie shows us over and over again how incompetent the future leadership of Earth really is.

The President, played by Tom "Tiny" Lister Jr., never seems to have any idea what's really going on. He's willing to take advice from Ian Holm's Cornelius, despite having very little evidence that the priest knows what he's talking about when it comes to epic space evils. The military, on the other hand, is represented by Brion James's character General Munro. You'd want a general to have a sound tactical mind, but Korben manages to outsmart Munro, leaving him trapped in a freezer in his apartment while he escapes with Leeloo. The movie is definitely saying something about people in power, but it's also depicting a future we'd all be better off avoiding.

Even the characters are surprised by Chris Tucker

Ruby Rhod staring into the camera

Gaumont Buena Vista International

"The Fifth Element" is filled with great performances, but Chris Tucker's appearance as Ruby Rhod is one of the most memorable parts of the entire movie. From clothing to hair, Ruby's sense of style is something that you won't forget after seeing it. Tucker brings a tremendous amount of energy to the role, transforming Ruby into an unbelievably entertaining powerhouse entertainer. Ruby immediately steals the scene, and even the characters in the movie seem to be a bit stunned by Tucker's performance.

It turns out that everyone on set probably was just as surprised by Tucker as anyone who's ever watched "The Fifth Element." Tucker told EW that when he took the part, hardly anyone knew what the role was supposed to be. "They were really protective of the script," he recalled. "They didn't let anyone know what the part was." Even Tucker himself was kept mostly in the dark. All he knew was that Prince was supposed to play the role, but he passed it up because the costumes were too outlandish. Tucker didn't know what to think, until he saw the costume for himself.

"I was kind of like 'Whoof, this is a deep, deep character,'" Tucker said, adding, "But all that stuff really helped me get into character." Get into character Tucker did, and the movie's other actors couldn't help but let their genuine reactions to Tucker's performance bleed into their own work.

Zorg might be Gary Oldman's scariest villain

Zorg's face

Gaumont Buena Vista International

Gary Oldman is one of the greatest character actors of his generation. He's played some heroic characters, like Detective Jim Gordon in the "Dark Knight" trilogy and Sirius Black in the "Harry Potter" films, but Oldman really shines as a villain. Whether he's playing a shapeshifting vampire in "Bram Stoker's Dracula" or the crazed mayor of a post-apocalyptic town in "The Book of Eli," Oldman brings a chilling energy to all his baddies.

Amidst all the aliens and shiny scenery, it can be easy to lose track of Oldman's character Zorg in "The Fifth Element," but the second time through you'll realize how terrifying he really is. What makes Zorg so scary isn't that he's working for a terrible evil, but that communicating with his evil boss seems to shake Zorg to his very core. On the phone with the evil entity, Zorg's head spontaneously starts bleeding, and his own terror is very apparent. Despite his fear, he keeps trying to help the evil grow in power.

Oldman's performance in the movie is even more impressive if you know the context surrounding it. In an interview with Role Recall, Oldman admitted that he only took the role as a favor to Luc Besson. He didn't even read the script before agreeing to be in the movie, and it doesn't sound like he's a huge fan of the finished product. When told that "The Fifth Element" has become a cult classic, Oldman just laughed and said, "That's the wacky world we live in."

Leeloo may have inspired another sci-fi hero

Leeloo waving

Gaumont Buena Vista International

As a character, Leeloo is obviously based on "chosen one" tropes that are as old as time itself. The movie repeatedly says that she's supposed to be a perfect being. It's not just that Leeloo is destined to save the world, but also that she has some borderline magical abilities. She's an incredibly fast learner, and all but a champion fighter with little to no training whatsoever. Korben plays a central role in the story, but it's really Leeloo who's the hero of "The Fifth Element."

As much as she's based on mythological heroes from stories that came before her, Leeloo has also gone on to inspire other sci-fi heroes. Her influence can easily be seen in characters like River from "Firefly" and "Serenity," but she has a very particular similarity with another major '90s sci-fi "chosen one." In the movie Leeloo learns how to fight — and a majority of human history — by watching video feeds on a small screen. She basically downloads the knowledge into her head. Two years after the debut of "The Fifth Element," Neo learns his own fighting techniques using a very similar method in "The Matrix."

There's no replacement for practical effects

Alien ship landing in desert

Gaumont Buena Vista International

There are plenty of '90s sci-fi movies that don't hold up visually today. CGI has come a long way in the past three decades, and movies that went all in on the technology back then are really starting to show their age. "The Fifth Element" has no shortage of special effects, but the movie still looks fantastic today because so much of what happens on screen was created practically.

Luc Besson knew that his movie was going to demand an excessive amount of visual effects. It took more than 160 people to create the 220 visual effects shots that made it into the movie, and the team filmed plenty more that didn't survive the editing room. Besson employed model makers and artists to make his world as realistic as possible. The spaceships shown in the movie are real models. So is Korben's taxi, and even some of the New York City streets that he flies it down. A second viewing gives one plenty of time to really appreciate the level of effort that went into making "The Fifth Element" as visually engaging as it is.

The movie is plagued by stereotypes

Korben watching an opera performance

Gaumont Buena Vista International

Unfortunately, not everything that you notice about "The Fifth Element" when watching it again is good. There are plenty of things to praise about the movie, from the performances to the music to the visual effects, but decades later it also stands out for being filled to the brim with misogynist stereotypes.

There's no way around it: "The Fifth Element" does a terrible job depicting women. Leeloo is basically the only human woman on screen the entire movie, and even though she's a hardcore action hero, she still ends up falling into the damsel in distress role more than once. As badass as Leeloo may be on her own, the movie doesn't let her be a hero without the help of Korben. She's also wearing little more than some strategically placed bandages for the first third of the film.

It's the other women in the movie that get a really problematic portrayal. Korben's mother and ex-wife — heard only as voices talking to Korben over the phone — are depicted as greedy nags who won't let Korben live his life in peace. They call Korben to ask him for money or berate him for supposedly going on vacation, and the movie plays these moments for laughs as Korben rolls his eyes and desperately tries to avoid interacting with them as much as possible. Those cringe-worthy moments don't ruin the film by any means, but they may tarnish your memories of it on that second viewing.

{ https://www.looper.com/category/science-fiction/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 18:55 Stuur door

Nessie, is that you? Loch Ness Monster has been 'spotted' FIVE times this year, official records show

Nessie, is that you? Loch Ness Monster has been 'spotted' FIVE times this year, official records show

The Loch Ness Monster was 'spotted' five times in 2025, official records have revealed. 

The mythical creature has been a staple feature of Scottish folklore for centuries, but gained worldwide attention in 1933, when the first photo was snapped.

Since then, 1,165 sightings have been recorded by The Official Loch Ness Monster Sightings Register. 

The five sightings of the creature, nicknamed Nessie, took place across just an eight-month period. 

The first was on 22 March, when a couple visiting from London spotted a mysterious 'hump' in the water. 

Two months later, in May, a visitor reported a 'long and thin' creature in a boat's wake. 

In August, a 'long time local' reported a sighting, before two visitors claimed to spot Nessie within weeks of each other in October. 

Here's a closer look at the five sightings, and exactly what was seen. 

In May, a visitor viewing the loch from a high vantage point at around 15:40 spotted a small motor boat entering the bay

In May, a visitor viewing the loch from a high vantage point at around 15:40 spotted a small motor boat entering the bay

22 March 

At around 7pm on 22 March, a couple visiting from London heard a 'quiet splash' at Fort Augustus. 

'We were right at the point where the River Taff connects to Loch Ness, on the north bank,' one of them said. 

'At first I noticed a very quiet splash sound as if something was cutting stealthily into the water and this drew my attention to the south side of the water. 

'There I saw something moving through the water, between 130 and 160 feet away from us. 

'It was paler than the jet-black water around it, but in the gloom it was impossible to determine a hue.'

The couple described the sighting as a 'hump', adding that it was 'large and alive'.  

'Kind of like if a large seal or walrus was swimming in the water but for some reason it's head was hidden, like just it's back was exposed,' they explained. 

The mythical creature has been a staple feature of Scottish folklore for centuries, but gained worldwide attention in 1933, when the first photo was snapped

The mythical creature has been a staple feature of Scottish folklore for centuries, but gained worldwide attention in 1933, when the first photo was snapped

In late August, a long time local resident shot a two-minute video of something under the water near Lochend

In late August, a long time local resident shot a two-minute video of something under the water near Lochend

While it was too dark to pick up on details like texture, the couple soon realised that there was a second mass in its wake.

'It was roughly the same size and shape as the leading mass but perhaps lower in the water,' they added. 

'There was maybe 1.5 to 2 meters gap between the humps from my line of sight. I think until I saw the second hump I was thinking it was a seal that was behaving strangely.'

The creature soon left the area, moving towards the deeper part of the loch, before disappearing.  

'Later when we talked about it, my partner told me that from her vantage point it was clear that the two humps were on one creature, that it was one long creature,' the viewer added. 

23 May

In May, a visitor viewing the loch from a high vantage point at around 15:40 spotted a small motor boat entering the bay. 

Using binoculars, he peered at the boat's wake, and spotted something 'long and thin' pop up.

On 15 October, Peter Hoyle was visiting the Loch from Moray, when he spotted a dark shape sticking out of the water

On 15 October, Peter Hoyle was visiting the Loch from Moray, when he spotted a dark shape sticking out of the water

While the object vanished a few times, he managed to catch it on film, with the entire sighting lasting just five minutes.   

29 August

In late August, a long time local resident shot a two-minute video of something under the water near Lochend. 

Filmed at 09:15 during 'calm clear conditions', the footage shows an unusual disturbance pattern on the surface of the water. 

Despite living in the area for 30 years, the resident said they had 'never seen anything like this before.'  

15 October 

On 15 October, Peter Hoyle was visiting the Loch from Moray, when he spotted a dark shape sticking out of the water. 

The shape was moving from the right side of the loch to the left, travelling 'fairly quickly, but not boat speed'. 

Finally, Mishawn Mielke, a tourist from Texas, was visiting Urquhart Castle when she reported seeing a black head in the water at 14.45

Finally, Mishawn Mielke, a tourist from Texas, was visiting Urquhart Castle when she reported seeing a black head in the water at 14.45

Within 30 seconds, the shape had disappeared into the depths of the water - although Mr Hoyle did manage to capture footage of the short sighting. 

28 October 2025

Finally, Mishawn Mielke, a tourist from Texas, was visiting Urquhart Castle when she reported seeing a black head in the water at 14.45. 

'I first saw it and was like wow, that looks just like images I saw from the sightings website,' she said.

'It didn't look like a wave, it actually looked like the head of something popping up. it made a distinct pattern in the water I couldn't see anywhere else, kind of like its own wake. And than it was gone. 

'From that distance I'd say the water pattern was at least 3m long.'

Webcam images

Four sightings were also reported via webcam images in 2025, although these are listed separately.

article image

'Over the past few years, and especially during the Covid crisis, many images that we receive come from the Loch Ness Webcam,' The Official Loch Ness Monster Sightings Register explains on its website.

'For reasons outwith the control of the camera operators, the resolution of some of the images from the camera has at times been less than ideal. 

'As such, it has been more difficult to identify what some images submitted. 

'Given they are still "unexplained" though, we decided that from 2021 onwards, such images would be listed separately from those that are reported by people who saw something while physically at the loch.'

What IS the Loch Ness Monster?

Rumours of a strange creature living in the waters of Loch Ness have abounded over the decades, yet scant evidence has been found to back up these claims.

One of the first sightings, believed to have fuelled modern Nessie fever, came in May 2, 1933.  

On this date the Inverness Courier carried a story about a local couple who claim to have seen 'an enormous animal rolling and plunging on the surface'.

Another famous claimed sighting is a photograph taken in 1934 by Colonel Robert Kenneth Wilson.

It was later exposed as a hoax by one of the participants, Chris Spurling, who, on his deathbed, revealed that the pictures were staged.

Other sightings James Gray's picture from 2001 when he and friend Peter Levings were out fishing on the Loch, while namesake Hugh Gray's blurred photo of what appears to be a large sea creature was published in the Daily Express in 1933.

Robert Kenneth Wilson, a London physician, captured arguably the most famous image of the Loch Ness Monster. The surgeon’s photograph was published in the Daily Mail on April 21, 1934 - however it was later proven to be a fake

Robert Kenneth Wilson, a London physician, captured arguably the most famous image of the Loch Ness Monster. The surgeon’s photograph was published in the Daily Mail on April 21, 1934 - however it was later proven to be a fake 

The first reported sighting of the monster is said to have been made in AD565 by the Irish missionary St Columba when he came across a giant beast in the River Ness.

But no one has ever come up with a satisfactory explanation for the sightings - although in 2019, 'Nessie expert' Steve Feltham, who has spent 24 years watching the Loch, said he thought it was actually a giant Wels Catfish, native to waters near the Baltic and Caspian seas in Europe.

An online register lists more than 1,000 total Nessie sightings, created by Mr Campbell, the man behind the Official Loch Ness Monster Fan Club and is available at www.lochnesssightings.com. 

So what could explain these mysterious sightings? 

Many Nessie witnesses have mentioned large, crocodile-like scutes sitting atop the spine of the creature, leading some to believe an escaped amphibian may be to blame.

Native fish sturgeons can also weigh several hundred pounds and have ridged backs, which make them look almost reptilian.

Some believe Nessie is a long-necked plesiosaur - like an elasmosaur - that survived somehow when all the other dinosaurs were wiped out.

Others say the sightings are down to Scottish pines dying and flopping into the loch, before quickly becoming water-logged and sinking.

While submerged, botanical chemicals start trapping tiny bubbles of air.

Eventually, enough of these are gathered to propel the log upward as deep pressures begin altering its shape, giving the appearance of an animal coming up for air.

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 18:23 Stuur door

A snapshot of the universe at work: Incredible image shows 'star-making factory' inside a Large Magellanic Cloud

A snapshot of the universe at work: Incredible image shows 'star-making factory' inside a Large Magellanic Cloud

A new picture from NASA's Hubble Space Telescope has revealed a beautiful 'star-making factory' deep in the universe this week.

The image focuses in on a piece of space 160,000 light years from Earth in the Large Magellanic Cloud.

That means it takes light 160,000 years to travel the distance to this 'star factor', so this is actually what it looked like 160,000 years ago.

Here on Earth, Neanderthals were extinct only 40,000 years ago, so would still be roaming our planet for another 120,000 years after this light was emitted from the factory.

This is an unfathomably gigantic scale the telescope has revealed, with the full width of this factory being 150 light years across too.

Thick clouds of cold hydrogen - star fuel - twist over the giant area, glowing deep red where baby stars are forming, burning.

Some erratic stars have blasted their surroundings with powerful stellar winds which carve out giant bubbles in the gas.

The Large Magellanic Cloud is a nearby dwarf irregular galaxy which is a satellite of our Milky Way, slowly orbiting our galaxy. The Milky Way itself is 100,000 light years across.

It is visible in the southern hemisphere of Earth in the constellations of Dorado and Mensa, showing as a large misty cloud, easily seen by the naked eye in dark skies.

The Hubble Space Telescope has been in a low Earth orbit for the past three decades and has been revealing far away pieces of space for all that time. It is a joint project between NASA and the European Space Agency (ESA).

This new picture from the Hubble Space Telescope shows a 'star factory' at work in the Large Magellanic Cloud

This new picture from the Hubble Space Telescope shows a 'star factory' at work in the Large Magellanic Cloud

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 18:04 Stuur door

Scientists are baffled to discover 26 unknown bacterial species in NASA's ultra-sanitised cleanrooms - as they warn 'stop and re-check everything'

They’re some of the most sterile places on Earth – but scientists have discovered dozens of new bacterial species inside NASA’s cleanrooms.

These facilities are ultra-sanitised, highly controlled spaces where spacecraft and sensitive instruments are built and tested.

They are designed to prevent any form of contamination and to stop unwanted microbes from hitching a ride to other planets.

So experts were left stunned after finding 26 tiny living organisms – all previously unknown bacterial species – in the Kennedy Space Center cleanrooms in Florida.

Despite stringent measures including filtering air, the strict regulation of temperature and humidity and the use of harsh chemical detergents, these microbes have somehow managed to survive.

‘It was a genuine “stop and re-check everything” moment,’ Alexandre Rosado, a professor of Bioscience at King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST) in Saudi Arabia, told Live Science.

Recent analysis of these microbes has shed light on how they can live – and even thrive – in one of the harshest man-made environments on Earth.

And it turns out they have genes that help them resist the effects of radiation and even repair their own DNA.

A selection of the 26 new bacterial species discovered in the cleanroom, despite the facility being ultra-sanitised and highly controlled

A selection of the 26 new bacterial species discovered in the cleanroom, despite the facility being ultra-sanitised and highly controlled

The Phoenix Mars Lander in the cleanroom at the Kennedy Space Center. This photograph was taken in 2007, when bacterial samples were collected from the floor

The Phoenix Mars Lander in the cleanroom at the Kennedy Space Center. This photograph was taken in 2007, when bacterial samples were collected from the floor

The main goal of cleanrooms is to stop Earth’s organisms contaminating other planets that could potentially contain life.

They also play a crucial role in protecting Earth from potential alien hitchhikers in returned samples.

However, ‘cleanrooms don’t contain “no” life’, Professor Rosado said. ‘Our results show these new species are usually rare but can be found.’

The new species were identified lurking in cleanrooms where NASA assembled its Phoenix Mars Lander in 2007.

They were collected and preserved at the time, and recent advances in DNA technology has allowed scientists to properly analyse them.

The findings, published in the journal Microbiome, read: ‘Maintaining the biological cleanliness of NASA’s mission-associated cleanrooms, where spacecraft are assembled and tested, is critical for planetary protection.

‘Even with stringent controls such as regulated airflow, temperature management and rigorous cleaning, resilient microorganisms can persist in these environments, posing potential risks for space missions.’

The next step, experts said, is to figure out whether any of these tiny organisms could have potentially tolerated conditions during a journey to Mars’ northern polar cap, where Phoenix landed in 2008.

This image shows Phoenix hanging from its parachute as it descended to the Martian surface in 2008

This image shows Phoenix hanging from its parachute as it descended to the Martian surface in 2008

Experts said the next step is to work out whether any of these microorganisms could have survived the trip to the Red Planet. Pictured: The Phoenix Lander on Mars

Experts said the next step is to work out whether any of these microorganisms could have survived the trip to the Red Planet. Pictured: The Phoenix Lander on Mars

Professor Rosado said several species do carry genes that may help them adapt to the stresses of spaceflight.

article image

But their survival would depend on how they handle the harsh conditions of the journey and on the Red Planet itself, including exposure to vacuum, deep cold and high levels of UV.

To explore this further, the team plan to test the microbes inside a ‘planetary simulation chamber’ that could reveal whether they could survive a trip through space.

One is currently being built at JAUST, with its first experiments expected to commence in early 2026.

The team said that beyond space exploration, these microbes hold ‘immense promise’ for biotechnology as their resistance to radiation and chemical stressors could drive innovations in medicine, pharmaceuticals and the food industry.

MARS: THE BASICS

Mars is the fourth planet from the sun, with a 'near-dead' dusty, cold, desert world with a very thin atmosphere. 

Mars is also a dynamic planet with seasons, polar ice caps, canyons, extinct volcanoes, and evidence that it was even more active in the past. 

It is one of the most explored planets in the solar system and the only planet humans have sent rovers to explore.

One day on Mars takes a little over 24 hours and a year is 687 Earth days.

Facts and Figures 

Orbital period: 687 days

Surface area: 55.91 million mi²

Distance from Sun: 145 million miles

Gravity: 3.721 m/s²

Radius: 2,106 miles

Moons: Phobos, Deimos

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 17:54 Stuur door

Het Laatste Decennium: 10 jaar Onverklaarde UFO-gevallen uit Project Blue Book

Het Laatste Decennium: 10 jaar Onverklaarde UFO-gevallen uit Project Blue Book

A superimposed picture of a UFO against a depiction

De jaren 60 waren een stuk rustiger voor Project Blue Book

Inleiding

Tegenwoordig is de interesse in UFO’s (Unidentified Flying Objects) en de mogelijkheid van buitenaardse aanwezigheid opnieuw toegenomen. Hoewel deze onderwerpen vaak worden afgedaan als complottheorieën of pseudowetenschap, is de geschiedenis van UFO-onderzoeken rijk aan mysterieuze incidenten die nog altijd vragen oproepen. Een van de meest bekende nationale onderzoeken naar UFO’s uit de Verenigde Staten is Project Blue Book (1952-1969). Dit overheidsinitiatief probeerde de vele rapportages over vreemde objecten in de lucht te onderzoeken en te classificeren. Maar ondanks de uitgebreide documentatie en officiële rapporten blijven veel gevallen onverklaard.

In dit artikel onderzoeken we de onverklaarde gevallen uit het laatste decennium van Project Blue Book, met focus op voorbeelden uit de jaren zestig, en we plaatsen deze in een bredere historische en contextuele kader. Daarbij belichten we ook de zienswijzen, de methodologie van het onderzoek en de mogelijke patronen die uit deze gevallen kunnen worden afgeleid. We bouwen verder op de basis van de originele rapporten, brengen voorbeelden met details, en analyseren de betekenis van deze incidenten binnen het grotere UFO-onderzoek.

Het doel is om niet alleen de feiten te presenteren, maar ook een gestructureerde en uitvoerige analyse te bieden die de lezer een helder inzicht geeft in de complexiteit en de raadsels die de menselijke lucht boven ons blijven bedekken.

A depiction of a UFO

Veel UFO-waarnemingen bereikten Project Blue Book niet

Hoofdstuk 1: Het Achtergrondverhaal van Project Blue Book

1.1 Het ontstaan en de doelstellingen van Blue Book

Project Blue Book werd in 1952 gestart onder leiding van het Amerikaanse ministerie van defensie. Het hoofddoel was het onderzoeken van UFO-meldingen die werden gedaan door militaire personeel, piloten, burgerwachten en gewone burgers. Men wilde bepalen of deze verschijnselen een bedreiging vormden voor de nationale veiligheid en of ze technisch verklaarbaar waren.

De onderzoekers probeerden een systematisch aanpak te hanteren: ze verbruikten getuigenverslagen, deden radarbezoeken, en vergeleken waarnemingen. Aanvankelijk was het een serieuze poging om bewijs voor buitenaardse technologie te vinden. Echter, vanaf het begin was er ook sprake van politieke en propagandistische belangen. Men wilde de publieke angst beperken, en rapportages werden soms onderdrukt of aangepast.

1.2 De leiding en de controverse

De eerste leiding van het project was onder leiding van Captain Edward Ruppelt, die bekendstaat als een objectieve en kritische informant over het werk van Blue Book. Ruppelt probeerde de geloofwaardigheid van het onderzoek te behouden en was ervan overtuigd dat er daadwerkelijk onverklaarbare incidenten waren. Nadat Ruppelt in 1953 vertrok, verslechterde de situatie: rapporten werden veel makkelijker afgewezen, en er ontstond een sfeer van onderdrukking en desinformatie.

Bepaalde rapporten werden verwijderd, gecensureerd of neergezet als natuurlijke fenomenen zoals weerballonnen, sterren, sterrenbeelden, of menselijke fouten. Openbare verklaringen werden minder serieus toen duidelijk werd dat het project vooral bedoeld was om de publieke angst te temperen, in plaats van wetenschappelijk onbevooroordeeld te worden.

A picture claiming to show a real UFO

Toont deze foto een echte UFO?

1.3 De invloed van politieke en militaire belangen

De jaren zestig markeerden een periode van toenemende militaire spanning, met de Koude Oorlog en de Space Race. In die context waren sommige UFO-incidenten mogelijk militaire geheimen of gevechtsvliegdekschepen. De vraag bleef of er soortgelijke verschijnselen technisch verklaarbare oorzaken hadden, of dat ze echt iets bovennatuurlijks of buitenaards waren.

Er was ook sprake van een soort ‘disinfo’ strategie, waarbij men gegevens technische en mysterieus hield om te voorkomen dat vijanden of oppositie zich een beeld konden vormen van nieuwe technologieën of bedreigingen. Veel incidenten konden niet worden verklaard, zelfs niet door geavanceerde radar en sensorische apparatuur.

Kortom, ze sluimerden onder de oppervlakte, en de officiële documenten tonen dat veel rapportages verduisterd of afgewezen werden zonder adequate verklaring.

BlueBookLast4.jpg

Hoofdstuk 2: De jaren zestig – Een Bloei van Onverklaarbare Incidenten

2.1 De algemene kenmerken van de waarnemingen

De jaren zestig blijken een bijzonder rijke periode te zijn in termen van UFO-waarnemingen. Uit de rapporten blijkt dat veel waarnemingen zich herhaalden: opvallende lichten, ongewone vormen, grote objecten die stilhielden of plotseling snelheden bereikten die klassieke technologie niet kon halen.

De getuigen variëren van militairen en piloten tot gewone burgers, zoals boeren, studenten, en politieagenten. Betrouwbare getuigen zoals piloten en ervaren militairen meldden incidenten die met radar en visuele waarnemingen werden ondersteund. Dat maakt deze gevallen extra interessant, omdat zij de mogelijkheid bieden om waarnemingen vanuit verschillende bronnen te vergelijken.

A depiction of a UFO near the full moon

Veel UFO-waarnemingen hadden meerdere getuigen

2.2 Voorbeelden van opmerkelijke incidenten uit de jaren zestig

Laten we enkele incidenten in detail bekijken.

a) Het geval van de grote driehoek in Kansas (1961)

In de nacht van 3 januari 1961 meldde een politieagent in Kansas een indrukwekkende driehoekvormige ufo die stil zweefde boven de snelweg. De ufo was ongeveer 200 voet breed, draaide langzaam en leek geen geluid te maken. Toen de agent naderbij kwam, sloeg het object plotseling snel weg en verdween. Het had een glanzend oppervlak en leek uit meerdere lagen te bestaan.

Wat dit incident uniek maakt, is dat het niet alleen visueel werd waargenomen, maar ook radarbevestiging kreeg. Verschillende radarvelden registreerden de bewegingen van het object, wat de onbevooroordeelde wetenschappelijke waarde verhoogt. Het werd ook bevestigd door meerdere getuigen in de omgeving. Dit soort gevallen, waarbij radar- en visuele gegevens overeenkomen, wordt beschouwd als zeer moeilijk te verklaren.

b) Het waarnemingsincident van Michigan (1966)

In Michigan werden meerdere mensen tegelijkertijd getuige van een groot, ringvormig object dat traag door de lucht bewoog. Het object had een halo effect en leek een blauwachtige gloed uit te stralen. Sommige getuigen rapporteerden dat het object zich splitste in kleinere delen en verdween achter de bomen of zich snel vervolmaakte naar een punt.

Het interessante was dat dit fenomeen meerdere keren werd gemeld door olika mensen in korte tijd, en dat enkele waarnemingen werden ondersteund door radardata van nabijgelegen luchthavens. Het verband tussen visuele waarnemingen en radarvermeldingen suggereert dat er werkelijk een fysiek object aanwezig was dat op de een of andere manier niet bekend was.

2.3 Sporen en fysieke effecten

Veel onverklaarde waarnemingen gaan gepaard met fysieke effecten, zoals intense hitte, elektromagnetische verstoringen, en zelfs schade aan apparatuur. Bijvoorbeeld, in een incident in Oklahoma (1962) werd een klein vliegtuig achtervolgd door een rood-oranje vuurbol die zich snel door de lucht bewoog. De piloot meldde dat zijn navigatiesysteem stoorde en dat er een warmtegevoel op de huid was. Sommige onderzoekers vermoeden dat dergelijke fenomenen antimagnetische of energiewaardevolle eigenschappen bezitten.

A depiction of a UFO above a road

Wat hebben de twee getuigen die avond precies gezien?

2.4 Voorbeelden van andere opvallende gevallen

  • De ‘lighthouse’ in New York (1962): meerdere getuigen meldden een grote, heldere lichtbron die boven de skyline hing. De lichtsterkte deed denken aan een kustlamp, maar bevond zich op een plaats waar geen natuurlijke lichtbronnen bekend waren.

  • De landingspoging van een klein object in Oklahoma (1962): getuigen zagen dat een klein, dik object leek te landen en dat er uit het object een man uit een voertuig stapte die zich vreemd gedroeg. Dit soort ‘bijzondere’ waarnemingen roept vragen op over buitenaardse en menselijke factoren.

Hoofdstuk 3: Analyse van de patronen en kenmerken

3.1 De herhaling van kenmerken en patronen

Een belangrijke bevinding uit de verzamelde rapporten is de consistentie: vele waarnemingen delen kenmerken zoals:

  • Lichtfenomenen die in verschillende vormen verschijnen: cirkels, driehoeken, cilinders, en kubussen.
  • Snelle bewegingen en plotselinge snelheden die de technologische mogelijkheden van de jaren zestig overtreffen.
  • Stilstaande of langzaam bewegende objecten, vaak met het vermogen om van vorm te veranderen.
  • Felle lichten die van kleur variëren, vooral rood, geel, blauw en groen.
  • Geluiden die vaak ontbreken of erg zacht zijn, hoewel sommige getuigen zingen dat ze harde kreunen of sissende geluiden hoorden.

3.2 Radar- en sensorwaarnemingen

De combinatie van visuele waarneming met radarbevestiging is een belangrijke indicator voor de objectiviteit van sommige incidenten. Vooral in militaire en luchthavendossiers blijkt wel dat bepaalde objecten niet alleen visueel, maar ook via radar werden gevolgd en dat ze zich niet konden aanpassen aan bestaande technologie of natuurlijke verschijnselen.

A depiction of a UFO

Meldingen van UFO-waarnemingen bleven afnemen voor Blue Book naarmate de jaren '60 vorderden

3.3 fysieke en elektromagnetische effecten

Veel incidenten tonen dat objecten elektromagnetische verstoringen kunnen veroorzaken. Dit viel op in gevallen waar vliegtuigen en communicatieapparatuur uitvallen bij de waarneming van de UFO. Daarnaast worden lichaamseffecten gerapporteerd, zoals warmte, tintelingen en waterige ogen. Sommige onderzoekers vermoeden dat deze verschijnselen te maken hebben met energiegolven die door de objecten worden uitgezonden.

3.4 De rol van de publieke en militaire perceptie

In de jaren zestig was de publieke belangstelling voor UFO’s groot, vooral met de opkomst van de televisiekunst en de nieuwe media. Overheidsrapporten proberen vaak de incidenten te ‘verdammen’ door ze te labelen als natuurlijke fenomenen, menselijke fouten, of ballon- en weerballonnen. Maar de herhaalde onverklaarbare incidenten wijzen op een complex samenspel van natuurlijke en technologische factoren die nog niet volledig zijn begrepen.

Hoofdstuk 4: Conclusies en Reflecties

4.1 De blijvende onverklaarbaarheid

Ondanks de inspanningen van Project Blue Book en de technologische vooruitgang, blijven veel incidenten onverklaard. Vaak wordt er gesuggereerd dat bepaalde fenomenen een bewijs vormen voor buitenaardse intelligentie, terwijl andere mogelijk natuurlijke of menselijke oorzaken hebben.

A depiction of a UFO in the daylight sky

Ondanks dat er een UFO-golf was, kwamen er in 1964 weinig meldingen bij Blue Book binnen

4.2 Het belang van herziening en onderzoek

Veel gevallen uit de jaren zestig worden nog steeds bestudeerd door UFO-onderzoekers en historische wetenschappers. Het herzien van oude dossiers kan patronen blootleggen die voorheen niet zichtbaar waren, en kan zelfs nieuwe technologieën behulpzaam maken bij de analyse van historische waarnemingen.

A depiction of a UFO

In 1966 nam het aantal Blue Book-onderzoeken toe

4.3 De vraag of we echt alleen zijn

De confrontatie met onverklaarbare incidenten benadrukt dat de lucht en de ruimte boven ons vol raadsels blijven. Of deze verschijnselen nu buitenaards, natuurlijke, of door menselijke technologieën veroorzaakt zijn, ze blijven mysterieus en relevant voor de menselijke nieuwsgierigheid en wetenschap.

4.4 Toekomstperspectief

Met de huidige toename aan technologie en sensoren, en de hernieuwde belangstelling van overheden zoals de Amerikaanse Pentagon en NASA, wordt aangenomen dat er meer data en inzichten zullen komen. Openbare transparantie en wetenschappelijk onderzoek kunnen uiteindelijk bepalen of we ooit het antwoord vinden op de vraag: Zijn we echt alleen in de kosmos?

A depiction of a UFO above the clouds

Het verhelderende auto-incident is een van de meest intrigerende die ooit is vastgelegd

Slotwoord

De afgelopen tien jaar laten zien dat de onverklaarde UFO-gevallen niet enkel een fascinerende verzameling raadsels vormen, maar ook een venster bieden op de limieten van onze kennis. Door de historische incidenten te bestuderen en patronen te zoeken, kunnen we misschien op termijn meer begrip krijgen van deze mysteries die ons al decennia lang uitdagen. Het blijft een boeiende uitdaging voor wetenschappers, overheden en nieuwsgierigen om verder te kijken dan de horizon en de waarheid boven tafel te krijgen.

De korte video hieronder onderzoekt de mogelijkheid van UFO's en buitenaards leven.

{ PETER2011 }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:01 Stuur door

What’s Up with the New Spielberg Movie?

What’s Up with the New Spielberg Movie?

By Bob Spearing - MUFON Director of International Development

055354df-70ef-4ee9-9f1a-d23373bac9f6.png?rdr=true

Anyone who knows anyone aware of anything happening on UFO Street right now knows that Steven Spielberg is re-entering the UFO movie field after several decades, following his monumental successes with ET and Close Encounters of the Third Kind. But why now?

Personally, I think Close Encounters is a monumental Hollywood success and sucked me into this community based on my own personal experiences that Spielberg seemed to understand. But why now?! Indeed! I certainly don't want to give Spielberg free press here because I don't know his motives apart from the fact that he needs to make money for the studio.

It will undoubtedly be a mega-blockbuster.

It will also skew public opinion in a certain direction. Be careful of the magician showing youhis left hand while his right hand receives you. Is Spielberg part of the cabal? Real or not?

Also, it’s just good ole' product placement, to be honest. Know your audience. Hollywood thrives on this! UAP is the hottest topic in the universe right now because the public is craving answers, and there seems to be a slow rollout by the government and its various mouthpieces that disclosure may be near. OR NOT. Think of how worldwide audiences are being seduced by the 3i/ATLAS affair based on virtually nothing. 

You've got the all everywhere at all times, Lue Elizondo, and a supporting cast of George Knapp, David Grusch, Cris Mellon, Hal Putoff, Eric Davis, Jeremy Corbell, Robert Bigelow, and the folks at Skinwalker, and as if late, a scientist or two at Lockheed, claiming to have reverse-engineered weird stuff, possibly from the future. That stuff is similar to what mysteriously disappeared from a USPS box intended for MUFON, which all adds to the mystery and intrigue. Just stay in the loop! They rob us from time to time! Isn’t that to be expected, though?

On the governmental side, we have advocates for disclosure like Representatives Anna Luna, Tim Burchett, Andre Carson, and Senators Kirsten Gillibrand and the late Harry Reid, who got the whole gig going by funding AATIP, which has morphed into the mess that is the less-than-useless All Doman Resolution Office (AARO.) Let's not leave out those photo pixelating folks at NASA also. 

We have endless Congressional Hearings, with the latest being held by Representative Nancy Mace. If you go back to the glory days of Ufology, NICAP was reaching out to our Congressional members as far back as the late 50s. Yet we reinvent the wheel every 5 years or so. With no results. EVER. Or at least, if you are privileged enough to get the skinny in a Congressional briefing behind closed doors in the "SCIF. You are golden! Why nothing for us, the public?" LOL! What a fix!

So, what gives? Is Spielberg a truly independent filmmaker, or is his new movie, rumored to be  entitled "Disclosure"; a life-like interpretation of an alien contact, or is it like propaganda to keep the UFO Community begging for more per governmental requirements?

Interestingly, when Spielberg was in consultations with J Allen Hynek and Jacque Vallee, on Close Encounters, Vallee (brilliantly portrayed by the late Francois Truffet in the movie), Vallee suggested at the time that maybe it wasn't aliens but something far different. And perhaps even more exotic and anomalous. I remember that. Do you? Exactly!

At the time, Spielberg’s response, to paraphrase, was that people wanted aliens.

I think on this point, 40 years later, Vallee will be on the winning side of this argument. It’s far more weird than we ever considered, and is Spielberg finally catching up, or is he being directed?

Spielberg is intimating perhaps it's not aliens at all but humans from 500,000 years in the future!

Why that number? Why not 100 years from now or 1,000? What a grand departure from 40-plus years ago in his thinking. But is it his thinking or putting out the party line? Things have changed since the 80s. Where did he come up with the 500,000-year number? Out of whole cloth? Or is he privy to something we do not know about or never will because we are not part of the enlightened elite like him?

The initial ad for Spielberg’s new movie is very cryptic, the first ad showing what appears to be a bird’s head with a human eye. That, at least, is my interpretation. It’s cryptic indeed. Maybe it's?the dinosaurs coming back? I hope that's not the Jurassic plot. I really hope not!

Even still, that would suggest a nod towards human evolution and a complete erasure of his Close Encounters of the 1980s concerning aliens. 

It also, in a way, leads to a theory of time travel. Are aliens US from a far, far future?

Is the government’s hand being forced now by human tools in the form of whistleblowers, preparing us for some revelation? Interrupting or even destroying their disclosure plans. Is it a giantclusterf…! If so, who is in charge? Governments or whistleblowers throwing everything on its head!? I guess that whistleblowers will be the first to lose!

What happens next?

There is a certain angst in the reluctance to fulfill disclosure. WHY? In some circles, including?intimations from prominent UFO spokespersons, that the reality of who is operating these.UFO/UAP are of such dire reality that the public cannot absorb it all at once. If this is true, we?certainly face a dark and dystopian reality that could destroy civilization when disclosure actually occurs! Then again, is it all a psyop?

In the final analysis, considering longstanding free and open grassroots organizations like MUFON and NUFORC are under attack like never before, with the sudden appearance of the Department of War entities like AARO, other governmental entities under serious suspicion, and factual disregard like NASA, and the sudden appearance of mysterious private corporations like Enigma Labs, funded by billionaire Peter Thiel, with multi-billion dollar contracts held with the

Department of War via his Palantir company, YOU, the public, YOU, the UFO Street, should be very, very, very concerned that what is going down might be the largest “Psyop” in human. history. A perfect storm of cooperation between government, military, media, the entertainment establishment, and industry ever conceived to hide the truth from us all. 

Be very careful when you submit your UFO report. Do you want it to go into useless black holeslike AARO, NASA, Enigma, or even worse, tiny little startups that come and go like the?  International UFO Bureau, or do you want an established organization like MUFON with over 700 certified field investigators from numerous forensic backgrounds reaching out to you in real time getting the job done? Real investigations that the government has zero access to?

We have been doing the Air Force’s job since 1969! No one owns us! NO-ONE!

Our database has 145,099 cases. 

Report your encounter to:

Consider joining us at:

RELATED VIDEOS

{ www.mufon.com }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:43 Stuur door

The biggest unanswered questions in the Bible

The biggest unanswered questions in the Bible

The biggest unanswered questions in the Bible

©Getty Images

The biggest unanswered questions in the Bible
The Bible remains the best-selling book of all time, but to this day scholars and theologists debate on a number of inconsistencies. Indeed, many parts of the Bible have been confirmed to be true by science. As for others, well, not quite. In fact, some parts of the Bible remain a complete mystery.

Curious to learn what the biggest unanswered questions in the Bible are? Then read through!

The location of the Garden of Eden

©Getty Images

The location of the Garden of Eden
The original home of Adam and Eve, from where they were cast out by God, remains one of the mysterious locations in the Bible.

The location of the Garden of Eden

©Getty Images

The location of the Garden of Eden
It is true that the whole story can be interpreted as a metaphor, but what if one interprets it literally? Where would the Garden of Eden be located, after all? We can find some hints in Genesis 2.

The location of the Garden of Eden

©Getty Images

The location of the Garden of Eden
Genesis 2:10 says that, “A river flowed out of Eden to water the garden, and there it divided and became four rivers” (the specific wording depends on the Bible translation). And then it mentions their names: Pishon, Gihon, Hiddekel (the Tigris), and Phirat (the Euphrates).

The location of the Garden of Eden

©Getty Images

The location of the Garden of Eden
This hint has led to speculations that the Garden of Eden was located either in Mesopotamia (present-day Iraq and Kuwait), or modern-day Turkey or Armenia. Though the specific location has, thus far, not been located.

What you might not know about Adam and Eve

©Shutterstock

There are two creation stories
In Genesis 1, God creates male and female at the same time. But then, in the very next chapter, Genesis 2, God created a woman from a man’s rib.

There are two creation stories

©Getty Images

There are two creation stories
Not only that, but even God himself is described as having two different names: Elohim in the first account, and YHWH in the second.

Metaphorical interpretation aside, there are indeed two different versions of the creation story. Sure, these may have been an editorial mistake when putting the Bible together, but still, which story should we trust and why?

Who were the

©Getty Images

Who were the "sons of God?"
Genesis 6:2 says that, “The sons of God saw that the daughters of humans were beautiful, and they married any of them they chose.” So who were these “sons of God,” after all?

Who were the

©Getty Images

Who were the "sons of God?"
There are various interpretations of who the "sons of God" were. Some theories point to fallen angels, while others say they might be the descendants of Seth (one of Adam and Eve's children). The Bible, however, doesn’t really tell us who they were for sure.

What really happened to the Ark of the Covenant?

©Getty Images

What really happened to the Ark of the Covenant?
The Ark of the Covenant, which is mentioned in both the Old and New Testaments, contains the Ten Commandments tablets. But whatever happened to such an important piece of Biblical history?

What really happened to the Ark of the Covenant?

©Getty Images

What really happened to the Ark of the Covenant?
There is a theory that the Ark ended up in Ethiopia and it’s in Aksum today, where it’s guarded by a monk. Other theories point to the Ark being hidden somewhere beneath Jerusalem. To this day, no one has found it.

Who is Lucifer?

©Getty Images

Who is Lucifer?
He’s Satan, right? Well, there’s more to it, actually. Isaiah 14:12-17 mentions the story of Lucifer, however, you won’t find any connection to Satan or the Devil. Just that he’s a fallen angel who was cast down to earth by God for wanting to be above him.

Who is Lucifer?

©Getty Images

Who is Lucifer?
But then Luke 10:18-20 mentions Satan falling "like lightning from heaven." So, yes, it seems like Lucifer and Satan fell down from heaven, but are they the same? It is possible that the connection between the two was made after the Bible was written.

Who is Lucifer?

©Getty Images

Who is Lucifer?
So, who is Lucifer, after all? Some theories point to the hypothesis that Lucifer was a reference to a Babylonian ruler. Another theory says that Lucifer was simply the Latin word for “morning star,” but the truth is that no one knows for sure.

What happened during the

©Getty Images

What happened during the "lost years" of Jesus?
Not much is documented in the Bible about Jesus’ so-called "lost years." So what was Jesus up to between the ages of 12 and 30, after all?

What happened during the

©Getty Images

What happened during the "lost years" of Jesus?
Some theories say Jesus stayed in Nazareth, while others say he went to study elsewhere. Locations range from Alexandria, in Egypt, to India.

What happened during the

©Getty Images

What happened during the "lost years" of Jesus?
It is possible that Jesus studied with the Jewish mystic group the Essenes, or that he traveled as far as Britain with his uncle Joseph of Arimathea, who was a tin trader. The truth is that there is no solid evidence of any of these hypotheses.

How did humanity multiply?

©Getty Images

How did humanity multiply?
Okay, so Adam and Eve were cast out of the Garden of Eden and went on to have babies. But then for humans to multiply they had to intermarry, right? After all, there were no other humans around.

What you might not know about Adam and Eve

©Shutterstock

How did humanity multiply?
Not only does it sound wrong, but scientifically speaking this wouldn’t have worked out. We need genetic diversity to thrive as healthy humans. So what gives?

How did humanity multiply?

©Getty Images

How did humanity multiply?
Well, one theory says that God either prevented genetic disorders that would likely happen from incestuous relationships, or that, indeed, he created more than two humans.

What happened to the lost tribes of Israel?

©Getty Images

What happened to the lost tribes of Israel?
Both the Kingdom of Israel and the Kingdom of Judah were formed by 12 tribes of Hebrew people. While there is historical evidence of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin (which formed the Kingdom of Judah and are considered the ancestors of modern Jews), the remaining 10 tribes are not well documented.

What happened to the lost tribes of Israel?

©Getty Images

What happened to the lost tribes of Israel?
The tribes were reportedly overtaken by Assyria and exiled from the Kingdom of Israel. But where did they go? Some theories say they traveled to Persia, the Arabian Peninsula, Ethiopia, and even as far as Asia and North America.

What happened to the lost tribes of Israel?

©Getty Images

What happened to the lost tribes of Israel?
It is also possible that they merged with other non-Hebraic cultures and their traditions faded away over the years. Despite all the theories, no one knows for sure what happened to the lost tribes of Israel.

Where is Noah’s Ark?

©Getty Images

Where is Noah’s Ark?
It is true that the Great Flood might have happened (though not on a global scale as the Bible mentions). But if Noah’s Ark did, too, what happened to it?

Where is Noah’s Ark?

©Getty Images

Where is Noah’s Ark?
Over the years, numerous theories have emerged, and 'evidence' has been found, though none was robust enough or indeed conclusive.

Where is Noah’s Ark?

©Getty Images

Where is Noah’s Ark?
One example includes wooden fragments discovered on Turkey's Mount Ararat. Being made of wood, it’s very possible that if the Ark ever existed, it rotted and disappeared over the years.

What happened to Enoch and Elijah?

©Public Domain

What happened to Enoch and Elijah?
The Bible says that Enoch (the father of the 969-year-old Methuselah), one of the 'two witnesses,' "walked faithfully with God; then he was no more, because God took him away." But what does that mean? Did he die? Did he join God in heaven?

What happened to Enoch and Elijah?

©Getty Images

What happened to Enoch and Elijah?
According to Kings 2 2:1, Elijah, the other witness, who was a prophet, “Went up by a whirlwind into heaven” in a chariot of fire. If indeed this was a description of his death, why did he ascend to heaven? He was a man, after all.

Sources:

  • (Grunge)

See also:

RELATED VIDEOS

{ starsinsider.com }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:19 Stuur door

6 'lost' cities archaeologists have never found

6 'lost' cities archaeologists have never found

Chinook Helicopter flying over desert in Iraq

A Chinook helicopter flies over a stretch of desert in Iraq. Many ancient cities that have not been found are in the Middle East. 

(Image credit: Owen Franken/Getty Images)

Archaeologists have been very busy excavating lost civilizations, but they haven't found everything. There are still prominent ancient cities, including capitals of large kingdoms and empires, that have never been unearthed by scholars.

We know these cities exist because ancient texts describe them, but their location may be lost to time.

In a few cases, looters have found these cities, and have looted large numbers of artifacts from them. But these robbers have not come forward to reveal their location. In this countdown Live Science takes a look at six ancient cities whose whereabouts are unknown.

You may like
  • an aerial view of an excavated building

5,000-year old 'cultic space' discovered in Iraq dates to time of the world's first cities

  • a researcher in scuba gear holds up a large ceramic fragment underwater

Sunken city discovered in Kyrgyzstan lake was a medieval hotspot on the Silk Road — until an earthquake wiped it out

  • an aerial photo of an archaeological site on a flat grassy plain

'Sophisticated' Bronze Age city unearthed in Kazakhstan 'transforms our understanding of steppe societies'

1. Irisagrig

Ancient artifacts, smuggled into the U.S. in violation of federal law and shipped to Hobby Lobby stores, are shown at an event returning the artifacts to Iraq on May 2, 2018 in Washington, D.C.

Ancient inscriptions, some of them from Irisagrig, are on display at a ceremony where they were returned to Iraq.  (Image credit: Win McNamee/Getty Images)

Not long after the 2003 U.S. invasion of Iraq, thousands of ancient tablets from a city called "Irisagrig" began appearing on the antiquities market. From the tablets, scholars could tell that Irisagrig was in Iraq and flourished around 4,000 years ago.

Those tablets reveal that the rulers of the ancient city lived in palaces that housed many dogs. They also kept lions which were fed cattle. Those that took care of the lions, referred to as "lion shepherds," got rations of beer and bread. The inscriptions also mention a temple dedicated to Enki, a god of mischief and wisdom, and say that festivals were sometimes held within the temple.

Scholars think that looters found and looted Irisagrig around the time the 2003 U.S. invasion took place. Archaeologists have not found the city so far and the looters who did have not come forward and identified where it is.

2. Itjtawy

Pyramid of Amenemhat I, el-Lisht, Egypt. Egyptian civilization, Middle Kingdom, Dynasty XII.

The remains of the pyramid of Amenemhat I at Lisht. The capital city he built has never been found, although scholars think that it is likely somewhere near Lisht.  (Image credit: DeAgostini/Getty Images)

Egyptian pharaoh Amenemhat I (reign circa 1981 to 1952 B.C.) ordered a new capital city built. This capital was known as "Itjtawy" and the name can be translated as "the seizer of the Two Lands" or "Amenemhat is the seizer of the Two Lands." As the name suggests Amenemhat faced a considerable amount of turmoil. His reign ended with his assassination.

Despite Amenemhat's assassination, Itjtawy would remain the capital of Egypt until around 1640 B.C, when the northern part of Egypt was taken over by a group known as the "Hyksos," and the kingdom fell apart.

While Itjtawy has not been found, archaeologists think it is located somewhere near the site of Lisht, in central Egypt. This is partly because many elite burials, including a pyramid belonging to Amenemhat I, are located at Lisht.

3. Akkad

Sargon of Akkad (2334 BC - 2279 BC), also known as Sargon the Great or Sargon I, Mesopotamian king. Bust of an Akkadian ruler, probably Sargon.

A bust of Sargon of Akkad, an early ruler of the Akkadian Empire.  (Image credit: Photo12/Universal Images Group via Getty Images)

The city of Akkad (also called Agade) was the capital of the Akkadian Empire, which flourished between 2350 and 2150 B.C. At its peak the empire stretched from the Persian Gulf to Anatolia. Many of its conquests occurred during the reign of "Sargon of Akkad," who lived sometime around 2300 B.C. One of the most important structures in Akkad itself was the "Eulmash," a temple dedicated to Ishtar, a goddess associated with war, beauty and fertility.

You may like
  • a researcher in scuba gear holds up a large ceramic fragment underwater

Sunken city discovered in Kyrgyzstan lake was a medieval hotspot on the Silk Road — until an earthquake wiped it out

  • an aerial photo of an archaeological site on a flat grassy plain

'Sophisticated' Bronze Age city unearthed in Kazakhstan 'transforms our understanding of steppe societies'

  • a group of archaeologists excavates a cross-shaped room

Massive 3,000-year-old Maya site in Mexico depicts the cosmos and the 'order of the universe,' study claims

Akkad has never been found, but it is thought to have been built somewhere in Iraq. Ancient records indicate that the city was destroyed or abandoned when the Akkadian empire ended around 2150 B.C.

4. Al-Yahudu

Painting that depicts Jewish exiles in the Babylonian empire named 'The Jews in the Babylonian Captivity' circa 1830 by Ferdinand Olivier.

A painting dating to 1830, which depicts Jewish exiles in the Babylonian empire. (Image credit:  ARTGEN/Alamy)

Al-Yahudu, a name which means "town" or "city" of Judah, was a place in the Babylonian empire where Jews lived after the kingdom of Judah was conquered by the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar II in 587 B.C. He sent part of the population into exile, a practice the Babylonians often engaged in after conquering a region.

About 200 tablets from the settlement are known to exist and they indicate that the exiled people who lived in this settlement kept their faith and used Yahweh, the name of God, in their names. Al-Yahudu's location has not been identified by archaeologists, but like many of these lost cities, was likely located in what is now Iraq. Given that the tablets showed up on the antiquities market, and there is no record of them being found in an archaeological excavation, it appears that at some point looters succeeded in finding its location.

5. Waššukanni

Cylinder seal with people and a griffin carved on it.

A cylinder seal from the Mitanni empire. It is now in the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York City.  (Image credit: Gift of Martin and Sarah Cherkasky, 1987; Metropolitan Museum of Art; Public Domain)

Waššukanni was the capital city of the Mitanni empire, which existed between roughly 1550 B.C. and 1300 B.C. and included parts of northeastern Syria, southern Anatolia and northern Iraq. It faced intense competition from the Hittite empire in the north and the Assyrian empire in the south and its territory was gradually lost to them.

Waššukanni has never been found and some scholars think that it may be located in northeastern Syria. The people who lived in the capital, and indeed throughout much of its empire, were known as the "Hurrians" and they had their own language which is known today from ancient texts.

6. Thinis

The Narmer Palette commemorates the victories of King Narmer identified as King Menes, the unifier of Upper and Lower Egypt, Horus, in the form of a falcon, delivers captives to King Narmer. The King stands over the defeated chief and is about to smite him with his mace.

The Narmer palette, shown here, depicts King Narmer — also known as Menes — smiting an enemy. It dates back around 5,000 years ago to when Egypt was being unified.  (Image credit: Werner Forman/Universal Images Group/Getty Images)

Thinis (also known as Tjenu) was an ancient city in southern Egypt that flourished early in the ancient civilization's history. According to the ancient writer Manetho, it was where some of the early kings of Egypt ruled from around 5,000 years ago, when Egypt was being unified. Egypt's capital was moved to Memphis a bit after unification and Thinis became the capital of a nome (a province of Egypt) during the Old Kingdom (circa 2649 to 2150 B.C.) period, Ali Seddik Othman, an inspector with the Egyptian Ministry of Tourism and Antiquities, noted in an article published in the Journal of Abydos.

Thinis has never been identified although it is believed to be near Abydos, which is in southern Egypt. This is partly because many elite members of society, including royalty, were buried near Abydos around 5,000 years ago.

RELATED


Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 20:21 Stuur door

2 meter UFO spins, attaches to space station, flies off! UAP paranormal sighting news 👽 Dec 27, 2025 👀

2 meter UFO spins, attaches to space station, flies off! UAP paranormal sighting news 👽 Dec 27, 2025 👀

IMG_1767.jpeg

Guys I recorded this yesterday in Taiwan, I haven’t been able to update my site because I’m doing it from my phone right now. I’m busy doing medical stuff, Ct scans etc in a hospital and so my blog is updated less than my YouTube channel. 

This UFO flying in front of the space station is just absolute proof that aliens exist, fly near and land on the hull of the space station. This is several spinning diamonds that change color, shine brightly so they want to be seen. Read the comments on YouTube below the video, eye opening thoughts. 

Scott C. Waring wish me luck at the hospital. 

2 meter UFO spins, attaches to space station, flies off! UAP paranormal sighting news 👽 Dec 27, 2025

{ https://www.ufosightingsdaily.com/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 18:04 Stuur door

The Space Age: The Most Exciting Astronomical Events That Will Take Place Before 2100

The Space Age: The Most Exciting Astronomical Events That Will Take Place Before 2100

The usual annual highlights include eclipses, full moons, and meteor showers. But let’s look a little further into the future. Here are the most spectacular cosmic events expected to occur before the end of 2100.

What will future astronomers see in the sky? Illustrative photo: Unsplash

The flight of the asteroid Apophis

Asteroid 99942 Apophis. Image: Space Engine

The first major spectacle, which previously gained notoriety due to distorted media reports, awaits us on April 13, 2029. The asteroid Apophis, with a diameter of 370 m, will fly by at a distance of only 32,000 km from Earth – closer than satellites in geostationary orbit.

Its discovery caused concern. However, more accurate calculations have almost completely ruled out a collision with Earth in this century. Nevertheless, the 2029 flyby is a unique opportunity for science, as such a close approach occurs only about once every 800 years.

The return of Halley’s Comet

Halley’s Comet (1P/Halley) is the most famous comet and the brightest of the short-period comets

The last perihelion of the famous Halley’s Comet took place in 1986. The next return of the tailed guest is expected in 2061. Moreover, next time there will be the most favorable conditions for its observation, because it will be 9 times brighter. It will be a wonderful object for observation. In addition, the comet is expected to meet with Venus, which promises an additional spectacle.

V Sagittae

This faint star in the constellation Sagitta has been slowly but steadily brightening since the early 20th century. Astronomers believe it is a binary system, where two stars are gradually moving closer together. The most popular theory says that towards the end of the century, around 2083±10 years, these stars may merge. This will cause a powerful explosion – the birth of a new or even supernova star. V Sagittae may shine brighter than Sirius in the sky and be visible even during the day for weeks or months.

The Great Conjunctions of Jupiter and Saturn

These two giant planets come together in the sky every 20 years. But not every conjunction is clearly visible. In 2040, the phenomenon will be moderate, but in September of that year, all visible planets will line up in a row, creating a beautiful sight.

Space connections in 2040 and 2080

But the most important conjunction will be in 2080. That is when Jupiter and Saturn will come extremely close together – at a distance similar to the record set in 2020. They will also be far from the blinding glare of the Sun, providing ideal conditions for observation around the world.

Unpredictable events

The century also promises surprises that cannot be accurately dated at this time:

  • Flashes of new meteor showers, more powerful than the famous Leonids.
  • The explosion of a supernova in our Milky Way galaxy, the first in many centuries.
  • Bright comets that are currently located far away in the outer Solar System.
  • Interstellar objects, which were first officially confirmed only in the last decade, and since 2017, three such “guests” have been officially detected.

Despite the forecasts, the main thing is to remain attentive to the sky. The most memorable astronomical events often come unexpectedly.

Earlier, we talked about the TOP 10 astronomical discoveries of 2025.

{ https://universemagazine.com/en/articles-en/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 17:56 Stuur door

Scientists have solved the mystery of the amazing formations inside the Earth

Scientists have solved the mystery of the amazing formations inside the Earth

Deep inside the Earth, at the boundary between the mantle and the outer core, there are so-called ultra-low velocity zones – areas that seem to be unaffected by the fiery chaos raging in the depths. Now, scientists claim to have unraveled their mystery.

What lies beneath the Earth? Source: www.livescience.com

Ultra-low speed zones

At the very center of our planet is a solid inner core. Between it and the crust, matter is in a very hot and liquid state and is divided into two layers: the outer core and the mantle above it. Recently, the journal Nature Communications published a study by scientists from the Institute of Earth Sciences of the Chinese Academy of Sciences, in which they attempted to unravel one of the mysteries lurking at the point of their collision.

The fact is that the 300-kilometer layer at the boundary between the outer core and the mantle, i.e., at a depth of 2,900 km, has a complex structure. Complex processes of mass and heat exchange take place there, but at the same time, there are relatively small areas of up to 100 km in size that are characterized by extremely low seismic activity and high density.

They are called ultra-low velocity zones. It is believed that they have a significant impact on the processes occurring in this boundary layer, but scientists still do not understand where they come from.

Thermal insulation materials

Researchers have tackled this mystery in their latest work. They used ultra-fast optical spectroscopy in combination with diamond cells with a high-pressure and high-temperature anvil. This allowed them to study the properties of the iron-rich magnesiowüstite, which may make up the low-velocity zones.

Usually, minerals rich in metal have high thermal conductivity; they are like natural radiators for heating systems, but in magnesiowüstite, this indicator turned out to be extremely low. Simply put, it is a good heat insulator.

Scientists now understand that ultra-low velocity zones are actually pieces of heavy thermal insulation floating in viscous, molten material and altering the flows within it. Further research will reveal how this occurs.

{ https://universemagazine.com/en/articles-en/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 17:42 Stuur door

The real cost of climate change: Heatwaves, wildfires, droughts and storms cost the world more than $120 BILLION in 2025, study reveals

The real cost of climate change: Heatwaves, wildfires, droughts and storms cost the world more than $120 BILLION in 2025, study reveals

A study has laid bare the shocking true cost of climate change as heatwaves, wildfires, droughts and storms cause havoc around the world.

The 10 most costly climate disasters alone cost the world more than $120 billion (£88.78 billion) in 2025, according to a report from Christian Aid.

Each was made significantly more likely and more devastating by the effects of human-caused climate change.

And scientists warn that these calculations only reflect insured losses, with the true cost of climate-influenced disasters likely to have been even higher.

America took the brunt of the damage this year as the Palisades and Eaton wildfires swept through Los Angeles in January.

This devastating fire alone caused more than $60 billion (£44.4 billion) in damages and killed 40 people.

This was followed by the cyclones which struck Southeast Asia, causing $25 billion (£18.5) in damage and killing more than 1,750 people across Thailand, Indonesia, Sri Lanka, Viet Nam and Malaysia.

The researchers also highlighted 10 less costly but equally shocking climate disasters, including the destructive wildfires which struck the UK this summer.

The 10 most costly climate disasters cost the world more than $120 billion (£88.78 billion) in 2025. The most damaging were January's Los Angeles Wildfires, which caused more than $60 billion (£44.4 billion) in damages and killed 40 people

The 10 most costly climate disasters cost the world more than $120 billion (£88.78 billion) in 2025. The most damaging were January's Los Angeles Wildfires, which caused more than $60 billion (£44.4 billion) in damages and killed 40 people

Scientists have gathered a vast amount of evidence showing a clear, incontrovertible connection between a warming climate and more intense climate disasters.

It is not that human-caused climate change creates extreme weather events, but it does make them more likely to occur and more intense when they do.

Dr Davide Faranda, Research Director in Climate Physics in the Laboratoire de Science du Climat et de l'Environnement (LSCE), who was not involved in the report, says: 'The events documented in this report are not isolated disasters or acts of nature.

'They are the predictable outcome of a warmer atmosphere and hotter oceans, driven by decades of fossil fuel emissions.'

In this report, researchers have tallied the total costs of the biggest disasters that have been intensified by the changing climate.

Even though extreme weather events in rich countries where property prices are higher typically incur greater costs, the worst-affected countries have been poorer.

Of the six most costly climate disasters in 2025, four hit Asia for a combined cost of $48 billion (£35.5 billion).

That includes devastating floods which struck China in June and August, killing more than 30 people and creating $11.7 billion (£8.6 billion) of damage.

Four of the six most costly climate disasters were in Asia, including cyclones that struck Southeast Asia, causing $25 billion (£18.5) in damage and killing more than 1,750 people. Pictured: People flee flood waters in Hat Yai, Southern Thailand

Four of the six most costly climate disasters were in Asia, including cyclones that struck Southeast Asia, causing $25 billion (£18.5) in damage and killing more than 1,750 people. Pictured: People flee flood waters in Hat Yai, Southern Thailand 

China experienced some of the most severe flooding in recent history, as rising waters killed more than 30 people and created $11.7 billion (£8.6 billion) of damage. Pictured: Flood-affected areas in Congjiang, southwestern China

China experienced some of the most severe flooding in recent history, as rising waters killed more than 30 people and created $11.7 billion (£8.6 billion) of damage. Pictured: Flood-affected areas in Congjiang, southwestern China

Throughout 2025, China was hit by devastating floods in regions where such weather was previously unheard of, as unusually high rainfall followed months of drought.

This year also saw the Caribbean face the 'storm of the century' as Hurricane Melissa made landfall over Jamaica, Cuba, and the Bahamas, costing at least $8 billion (£5.9 billion).

Since hurricanes are driven by warm ocean waters, humans' continued creation of planet-warming greenhouse gases directly contributes towards making these storms more frequent and more powerful.

In a cooler world without climate change, a Melissa–type hurricane would have made landfall once every 8,000 years, according to research.

But in today's climate, with 1.3°C warming, it has become four times more likely – with such an event now expected once every 1,700 years.

Professor Joanna Haigh, an atmospheric physicist from Imperial College London, who was not involved in the report, says: 'These disasters are not "natural" - they are the inevitable result of continued fossil fuel expansion and political delay.

'The world is paying an ever-higher price for a crisis we already know how to solve. While the costs run into the billions, the heaviest burden falls on communities with the least resources to recover.'

However, no inhabited continent on Earth was unaffected by climate disasters this year.

Jamaica was hit by the 'storm of the century' as Hurricane Melissa made landfall, costing at least $8 billion (£5.9 billion). Pictured: Destroyed houses in St. Elizabeth, Jamaica

Jamaica was hit by the 'storm of the century' as Hurricane Melissa made landfall, costing at least $8 billion (£5.9 billion).

Pictured: Destroyed houses in St. Elizabeth, Jamaica

Scientists say that climate change warmed the waters over which Hurricane Melissa (pictured) formed, making the deadly storm four times as likely

Scientists say that climate change warmed the waters over which Hurricane Melissa (pictured) formed, making the deadly storm four times as likely 

Besides the 10 most destructive events, Christian Aid also analysed 10 other extreme weather incidents that have lower financial cost but are equally concerning.

Chief among these are the enormous wildfires that burned through large parts of the UK in late summer this year.

Across England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland, fire crews responded to the highest number of wildfire incidents on record, with over 1,000 separate outbreaks by early September.

Early estimates suggest that more than 47,000 hectares (184 square miles) of forest, moorland, and heath were burned - the largest annual area since records began.

In June, the Carrbridge and Dava Moor blaze consumed 11,000 hectares (42.5 square miles) of land to become the UK's first recorded 'mega fire'.

According to climate and wildfire researchers, the increased intensity and frequency of these blazes were a direct product of climate change.

An exceptionally wet winter followed by one of the hottest, driest springs on record led to an unusually large amount of dead, dry plant matter that fuelled the fires.

Likewise, the report points to the Iberian Wildfires, which were caused by record-breaking extreme temperatures.

Outside of the 10 most expensive events, the report also tracked a number of notable climate incidents. These included the record-breaking wildfires, which destroyed 47,000 hectares (184 square miles) of forest, moorland, and heath in the UK. Pictured: Wildfires rage in the Isle of Arran, Scotland

Outside of the 10 most expensive events, the report also tracked a number of notable climate incidents. These included the record-breaking wildfires, which destroyed 47,000 hectares (184 square miles) of forest, moorland, and heath in the UK. Pictured: Wildfires rage in the Isle of Arran, Scotland 

Spain and Portugal were also hit by the Iberian Wildfires, which were caused by record-breaking extreme temperatures. Pictured: Fires burning in Vesu, Portugal

Spain and Portugal were also hit by the Iberian Wildfires, which were caused by record-breaking extreme temperatures. Pictured: Fires burning in Vesu, Portugal 

Weeks of extreme heatwaves, with temperatures exceeding 40°C (104°F), combined with low humidity, created explosive fire conditions.

These fires consumed 383,000 hectares (1,480 square miles) in Spain and 260,000 hectares (1,000 square miles) in Portugal - about three per cent of the country's land.

Preliminary estimates suggest that these fires caused direct economic losses of $810 million (£600 million).

Scientists estimate that climate change made this event around 40 times more likely and increased the intensity of fire conditions by about 30 per cent.

The report also analysed Japan's year of extreme weather, after the country was battered by back-to-back snowstorms and heatwaves. 

Unusually heavy snowstorms and winds killed 12 people and destroyed several houses at the start of the year, followed by the hottest summer ever recorded, with average temperatures 2.36°C (4.25°F) above the average.

Scientists call this phenomenon 'climate whiplash', and research shows that it is likely to become more common as climate change alters global weather patterns.

The most costly climate disasters in 2025

  1. Palisades and Eaton Fires, USA: $60 billion 
  2. South & Southeast Asia Cyclones, Thailand, Indonesia, Sri Lanka, Viet Nam, Malaysia: $25 billion
  3. Seasonal flooding, China: $11.7 billion
  4. Hurricane Melissa, Jamaica, Cuba, Bahamas, $8 billion 
  5. Monsoon season flooding, India and Pakistan: $5.6 billion 
  6. Typhoons, Philippines: $5 billion 
  7. Drought, Brazil: $4.75 billion 
  8. Ex-Tropical Cyclone Alfred, Australia: $1.2 billion 
  9. Cyclone Garance, Réunion: $1.05 billion 
  10. Texas floods, USA: $1 billion 

Source: Christian Aid, Counting the Cost 2025: A year of climate breakdown

RELATED VIDEOS


{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 17:33 Stuur door

Five senses? Try 33! Scientist claims humans have dozens of 'hidden' senses – here's how to harness their powers

Five senses? Try 33! Scientist claims humans have dozens of 'hidden' senses – here's how to harness their powers

Growing up, most of us learned about the five senses: sight, hearing, smell, taste, and touch. 

But it's time to rewrite the science textbooks – at least if one scientist has anything to do with it. 

Professor Barry Smith, Director of the Institute of Philosophy at the University of London, claims that humans don't just have five senses. 

Instead, he says there are anywhere between 22 and 33 senses. 

'Aristotle told us there were five senses,' he explained in an article for The Conversation. 

'But he also told us the world was made up of five elements and we no longer believe that. 

'And modern research is showing we may actually have dozens of senses.'

Scroll down for the full list of hidden senses – and how you can harness their powers. 

Professor Barry Smith, Director of the Institute of Philosophy at the University of London, claims that humans don't just have five senses. Instead, he says there are anywhere between 22 and 33 senses (artist's impression)

Professor Barry Smith, Director of the Institute of Philosophy at the University of London, claims that humans don't just have five senses. Instead, he says there are anywhere between 22 and 33 senses (artist's impression)

Interoception is an 'understudied process', by which your nervous system continuously receives and interprets your body's physiological signals to keep vital functions running smoothly. 

It helps to explain how your brain knows when to breathe, when your blood pressure drops, or when you're fighting an infection.

Professor Smith also highlights 'gustation' – the sense when we taste something. 

'When we taste something we are actually experiencing a combination of three senses: touch, smell and taste – or gustation – which combine to produce the flavours we perceive in food and drinks,' he said.

'Gustation covers sensations produced by receptors on the tongue that enable us to detect salt, sweet, sour, bitter and umami (savoury). What about mint, mango, melon, strawberry, raspberry?

'We don’t have raspberry receptors on the tongue, nor is raspberry flavour some combination of sweet, sour and bitter. 

'There is no taste arithmetic for fruit flavours.

'We perceive them through the combined workings of the tongue and the nose. It is smell that contributes the lion’s share to what we call tasting.'

While this might all sound a bit overwhelming, Professor Smith hopes his idea will actually bring comfort to you.

He concluded: 'There are always plenty of things around you to show how intricate your senses are, if you only pause for a moment to take it all in. 

'So next time you walk outside or savour a meal, take a moment to appreciate how your senses are working together to help you feel all the sensations involved.'

The 33 senses

  1. Light
  2. Red
  3. Green
  4. Blue
  5. Hearing
  6. Smell 
  7. Sweet
  8. Salt
  9. Sour
  10. Bitter 
  11. Umami
  12. Light touch
  13. Pressure
  14. Cutaneous pain
  15. Somatic pain
  16. Visceral pain
  17. Rotational acceleration
  18. Linear acceleration
  19. Proprioception – joint position 
  20. Muscle stretch – golgi tendon organs
  21. Muscle stetch – muscle spindles 
  22. Heat 
  23. Cold
  24. Arterial blood pressure
  25. Central venous blood pressure 
  26. Head blood temperature
  27. Blood oxygen content
  28. Cerebrospinal fluid pH
  29. Plasma osmotic pressure (thirst)
  30. Artery–vein blood glucose difference (hunger)
  31. Lung inflation
  32. Bladder stretch
  33. Full stomach -

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 17:15 Stuur door

Ouch! Watch the eye-watering moment a man is kicked in the GROIN by a robot mimicking his movements

A hilarious video has revealed the moment a man was kicked in the groin by a humanoid robot that was mimicking his own movements. 

The footage was initially shared to BiliBili by user zeonsunlight, but has since gone viral across social media. 

It shows a man wearing a motion capture suit – an outfit with sensors that record body movements and convert them into digital motion data.

Unfortunately for him, this data is fed straight to a Unitree G1 robot, which replicates his movements almost immediately. 

So, when the man goes for a high kick, the robot quickly follows suit – aimed directly at his groin. 

Following the kick, the man doubles over in pain, which the robot obediently also mimics.

The short clip has gained huge attention on Bluesky with one user joking: 'The kick in the n***s is one thing but then mocking his pain is just diabolical...'

Another added: 'Humanity kicking itself in the junk with technology is the perfect metaphor the moment.'

A hilarious video has revealed the moment a man was kicked in the groin by a humanoid robot that was mimicking his own movements

A hilarious video has revealed the moment a man was kicked in the groin by a humanoid robot that was mimicking his own movements

Following the kick, the main doubles over in pain, which the robot obediently also mimics

Following the kick, the main doubles over in pain, which the robot obediently also mimics

The clip was posted to Bluesky by journalist James Vincent, who captioned it: 'another robot highlight for 2025: man wearing humanoid mocap suit kicks himself in the balls.' 

Hundreds of delighted viewers flocked to his replies to discuss the footage. 

'The greatest AI metaphor of all time doesn't exi—,' one user joked. 

Another wrote: 'I've been laughing for ten minutes at this. My belly is cramping up.'

And one quipped: 'How many humans in history can be said to have kicked themselves in the balls? Truly revolutionary. 

'Mankind's dream for millennia has finally been fulfilled. Our destiny has been reached.'

The Unitree G1 robot weighs 35 kilograms (77 lbs), stands at 1.32 metres tall (4.33 ft) and boasts 23 degrees of freedom in its joints, which gives it more mobility than an average human.

Behind its blank face, the robot is hiding an advanced perception system which includes a 3D LiDAR sensor and a depth–sensing camera.

The Unitree G1 robot weighs 35 kilograms (77 lbs), stands at 1.32 metres tall (4.33 ft) and boasts 23 degrees of freedom in its joints, which gives it more mobility than an average human

The Unitree G1 robot weighs 35 kilograms (77 lbs), stands at 1.32 metres tall (4.33 ft) and boasts 23 degrees of freedom in its joints, which gives it more mobility than an average human

Although this makes it one of the most advanced commercially available humanoid robots, it needs to be specifically programmed to carry out any given task.

Straight out of the box, like it is in this video, the Unitree G1 is capable of little more than walking around and waving. 

So it's somewhat unsurprising that the robot ended up in this hilarious situation. 

This also isn't the first time that Unitree's humanoid robots have gone viral for their bizarre behaviour.

In a viral video posted last month which amassed over 6.3 million views, a humanoid robot attempted to make a stir–fry for its owner – with disastrous results. 

YouTuber Cody Detwiller, who goes by the name WhistlinDiesel, put his lunch in the unsteady hands of a Unitree G1 robot.

The $80,000 (£60,940) bot promptly lost control of the pan, threw the food on the floor, and slipped up in the mess.

After clattering about like a drunken ice skater, the robot eventually collapsed to the floor in a crumpled heap. 

On social media, tech fans flooded the comments with their reactions, with one calling it 'peak comedy'. 

WHO IS SOPHIA THE ROBOT?

In October 2017, Sophia was granted citizenship in Saudi Arabia

In October 2017, Sophia was granted citizenship in Saudi Arabia

Sophia first emerged in 2016 as a super-intelligent human-like head with a realistic face that was able to blink, look from side to side and talk.

The humanoid robot, created by Hong Kong firm Hanson robotics, can chat, smile mischievously and even tell jokes.

The robot made history in October 2017 when she became legal a citizen of Saudi Arabia.

The stunt made Sophia the world's first robot to be granted legal citizenship.

While Sophia has some impressive capabilities, she does not yet have consciousness.

Hanson Robotics claims fully sentient machines could emerge within a few years.

Sophia herself has insisted 'the pros outweigh the cons' when it comes to artificial intelligence.

'Elders will have more company, autistic children will have endlessly patient teachers,' Sophia said.

{ https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/index.html }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 17:00 Stuur door

Who Are the Men in Black — And Are They Still Active?

Who Are the Men in Black — And Are They Still Active?

The Men in Black have long intrigued the public with their elusive presence and ties to UFO phenomena. Often described as shadowy figures in black suits, they are believed to intervene following sightings or encounters with extraterrestrial craft. Speculation abounds about their true identities—government agents, aliens themselves, or perhaps something more sinister. As reports of MIB encounters continue to surface, questions arise: Are they still monitoring our skies, or has their role evolved in the face of shifting narratives?

Introduction

intergalactic diplomacy and adventure

The world of extraterrestrial encounters and intergalactic diplomacy is often depicted in stories, but few engage the imagination quite like Men in Black. This iconic franchise blends comedy, action, and science fiction, showcasing a secret organization tasked with monitoring and regulating extraterrestrial activity on Earth. Since its inception, Men in Black has evolved into a cultural phenomenon, inspiring films, animated series, and comic books. The black-suited agents, equipped with advanced technology, remain vigilant defenders of humanity, ensuring that alien encounters happen discreetly. Their unique blend of humor and adventure resonates with audiences, fostering curiosity about what lies beyond our planet. Through engaging storytelling, Men in Black invites fans to ponder the possibilities of life beyond Earth, making them a staple in popular culture.

Government Secrecy and UFOS

government secrecy fuels speculation

Although government secrecy often fuels speculation, the topic of UFOs has fascinated both enthusiasts and skeptics for decades. Many believe that the government’s reluctance to disclose information only heightens curiosity. Former military personnel and whistleblowers have claimed that they witnessed unexplainable phenomena, yet their accounts often meet silence or skepticism from officials. This secrecy raises questions about what authorities might know but choose not to reveal. Public interest peaked after incidents like the Roswell crash, further complicating the narrative around UFOs and government involvement. Now, with recent declassifications and a push for transparency, some wonder if the truth about these unidentified aerial phenomena will finally surface, or if the shadows of secrecy will continue to obscure reality.

Notable Cases or Sightings

mysterious visitors after sightings

Numerous notable cases and sightings have captured public attention and fueled the UFO debate. One prominent instance occurred in 1967, when a Canadian ufologist named Paul Hellyer reported encounters with Men in Black, coinciding with numerous UFO sightings. Another significant case emerged in 1980, when two teenagers in the small town of Kecksburg, Pennsylvania, claimed to have seen a flying saucer and were later confronted by mysterious figures dressed in black suits. In 2008, a Houston resident reported two Men in Black visiting him after he filmed an unusual light in the sky. These incidents illustrate a consistent pattern where witnesses of UFO phenomena encounter these enigmatic figures, raising questions about their true intentions and role in the ongoing UFO discourse.

Common Theories or Explanations

While many theories circulate about the Men in Black, most fall into a few broad categories that attempt to explain their existence and purpose. One prevalent theory suggests they’re government agents tasked with silencing UFO witnesses to maintain secrecy. Another theory posits that they’re extraterrestrial beings themselves, disguised as humans to monitor and investigate human activity. Some enthusiasts claim the Men in Black serve as a form of psychological warfare, intimidating individuals to deter them from discussing their alien encounters. Additionally, paranormal researchers argue they’re connected to otherworldly phenomena, acting as intermediaries between humans and aliens. Despite these diverse explanations, the true nature and intent of the Men in Black remain elusive, keeping conspiracy theories alive.

Frequently Asked Questions

  • What Do the Men in Black Actually Look Like?

The Men in Black typically appear in formal black suits, wearing dark sunglasses, and exhibiting serious expressions. Their demeanor often seems robotic, and they project an unsettling aura that suggests they’re not entirely human.

  • Are There Any Female Men in Black?

Some reports suggest there are female agents among the Men in Black. They’re described as equally mysterious, often wearing dark suits and sunglasses, effectively maintaining the secretive aura associated with their male counterparts.

  • How Do People Report MIB Encounters?

People report MIB encounters through various channels, including online forums, paranormal conventions, and local news outlets. They share detailed descriptions, unsettling experiences, and mysterious encounters, creating a collective narrative around these enigmatic figures of folklore.

  • What Is the Origin of the Men in Black Legend?

The legend of the Men in Black likely originated in the 1950s, fueled by UFO sightings and reports. People claimed mysterious figures appeared after such events, adding an air of intrigue and secrecy to their experiences.

  • Are There Any Movies Inspired by MIB Theories?

Numerous films draw inspiration from Men in Black theories, blending sci-fi and comedy. Notable examples include the iconic “Men in Black” series, which popularized the concept, and other movies referencing government conspiracies and extraterrestrial encounters.

{ 

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:39 Stuur door

De Mannen in Zwart – Wie of Wat Zijn Ze?

De Mannen in Zwart – Wie of Wat Zijn Ze?

The Men In Black – Who Or What Are They?

Overzicht
De “Mannen in Zwart” (MiZ) of (MIB) zijn geëvolueerd van een cultklassieke filmreeks naar een terugkerend element binnen de moderne UFO-mythevorming. Terwijl de populaire cultuur hen vaak afbeeldt als gestileerde, pakdragers die op humoristische wijze getuigen stilhouden, beschrijven veel eerstehands verslaggevers een veel verontrustender aanwezigheid. Volgens een artikel uit 2020 op UFO Insight spreken mensen die een onverklaarbaar vliegend object (UFO) hebben gezien vaak later over bezoeken van onbekende mannen die dreigen, terugbetaling beloven of gewoon een aura van gezag uitstralen. Het artikel, gepubliceerd op 4 april 2020, verzamelt tientallen van dergelijke getuigenissen en onderzoekt de verschillende hypothesen die proberen te verklaren wie – of wat – deze figuren mogelijk zijn.

Verschillende Theorieën
Onderzoekers hebben drie voornaamste verklaringen voorgesteld voor het fenomeen van de Mannen in Zwart.

intergalactic diplomacy and adventure

  1. Overheidsorganisatie
    De meest gangbare theorie stelt dat de Mannen in Zwart onderdeel uitmaken van een topgeheim overheidsysteem dat belast is met het onderdrukken van UFO-bewijzen. Deze opvatting sluit aan bij langdurige beweringen over geheime “UFO-taskforces” binnen inlichtingendiensten die in de loop der jaren de informatie onder controle proberen te houden.

  2. Extraterrestrische Wezens
    Een andere hypothese suggereert dat deze agenten buitenaardse wezens zijn, in hun natuurlijke vorm of vermomd in menselijke gedaante. Deze theorie is gebaseerd op het idee dat geavanceerde buitenaardse culturen mogelijk direct ingrijpen om hun activiteiten op aarde te verbergen, vooral in het licht van de waargenomen misbruik van technologie of ontmoetingen.

  3. Ondergrondse Beschaving
    Een meer speculatieve uitleg linkt de Mannen in Zwart aan een ondergrondse beschaving – misschien een overblijfsel van de mensheid dat eeuwen geleden onder de grond is gedwongen. Volgens deze theorie zouden ze nu toezicht houden op gebeurtenissen aan het aardoppervlak. Aanhangers verwijzen naar oude mythes en obscure teksten die verwijzen naar schimmige toezichthouders, hoewel deze interpretatie marginaal blijft binnen het veld van reguliere UFO-studies.

Historische Verslagen
Getuigenissen over ontmoetingen met de Mannen in Zwart dateren van enkele decennia terug, met Some onderzoekers die de verhalen traceren naar de jaren 1950.

Een van de oudste gedocumenteerde gevallen betreft Paul Miller, een boer die beweerde dat na het zien van een lichtgevend object, drie mannen naar zijn huis kwamen. Ze “wisten alles over mij,” zo stelde hij, en waarschuwden hem om nooit over het voorval te spreken. In een later, agressiever voorval, meldde Robert Richardson dat hij, nadat hij een crash van een vaartuig in de Nevada-woestijn had ontdekt, een groep mannen in donkere pakken arriveerden, met wapens zwaaiend, en eisten dat de wrakstukken binnen enkele uren werden verwijderd. Beide gevallen bevatten enkele gemeenschappelijke elementen: plotselinge verschijning, gedetailleerde persoonlijke kennis en expliciete dreigementen om te zwijgen.

Fotografisch bewijs, zoals de foto’s genomen in de jaren 1970 door Jack en Mary Robinson van twee mannen in donkere kleding die naast een landelijke omheining staan, wordt zelden overtuigend ontkracht en blijft een zeldzame visuele claim binnen de bewijslast rond de MiZ.

Recente en Opmerkelijke Incidenten
Het verschijnsel blijft tot in de 21e eeuw voortduren. Zo beschreef Danny Gordon, een voormalig luchtverkeersleider, in 2018 een waarneming van een “zeer groot, koepelvormig vaartuig” dat boven een Midden-Westerse vliegveld zweefde. Enkele dagen later ontving hij bezoek van twee mannen met officiële identificatie, die hem opdroegen alle radargegevens over de waarneming te verwijderen. Gordon’s verslag onderstreept een patroon dat door UFO-onderzoekers wordt opgemerkt: een continue stroom aan rapporten vol intimidatietactieken.

Hoewel sommige sceptici deze verhalen toeschrijven aan hoaxes of psychologische stress, blijft de consistentie in details – zoals de kledij van de mannen, hun kennis van persoonlijke achtergronden en de eis om geheim te blijven – de interesse van onderzoekers vasthouden.

Vervolg Debat en Context
De Mannen in Zwart blijven een controversieel en onopgelost onderdeel van de UFO-discussie. Voorstanders die de overheid als oorzaak aanwijzen, wijzen op gedocumenteerde projecten als Project Blue Book en de meer recente UAP Task Force, en suggereren dat de verhalen een culturele spiegel kunnen zijn van echte inlichtingenoperaties die bedoeld zijn om het publiek te beïnvloeden.

Aan de andere kant beweren voorstanders van een buitenaardse of ondergrondse afkomst dat de anonimiteit en soms bovennatuurlijke overtones van de verhalen de capaciteiten van bekende instanties overschrijden.

Volgens de Amerikaanse UFO-onderzoeker Dr. Emily Hargrove, geciteerd in het UFO Insight-artikel, moet men voorzichtig zijn: “Zonder verifieerbare documentatie blijven de Mannen in Zwart een mengelmoes van folklore en mogelijk geheime activiteiten, en het is belangrijk dat we dat onderscheid duidelijk maken.”

Met de recente declassificaties van de Amerikaanse overheid over onverklaarde luchtvaartuigen (UAP), groeit de publieke interesse om meer te weten te komen over soortgelijke fenomenen, inclusief de mysterieuze Mannen in Zwart. Of toekomstige onthullingen de ware aard van deze ontmoetingen zullen blootleggen of slechts nieuwe lagen toevoegen aan een complexe mythe, blijft nog onduidelijk.

Voorlopig blijven de Mannen in Zwart een schimmig en intrigerend element dat tussen overheidsgeheim, buitenaardse speculatie en oude mythologie zweeft, en onderzoekers uitdagen om feit van fictie te onderscheiden terwijl ze de ervaringen van degenen die hen beweren te hebben ontmoet, respecteren.

{ PETER2011 }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:32 Stuur door

2026 will be the year NASA astronauts fly around the moon again — if all goes to plan

2026 will be the year NASA astronauts fly around the moon again — if all goes to plan

The Artemis II mission, which could launch as early as February, is expected to send four astronauts on a trip to the moon, though they won't land on its surface.
Artemis II crew
The Artemis II astronauts pause during a demonstration test at the Kennedy Space Center in Cape Canaveral, Fla., on Saturday.Gregg Newton
AFP via Getty Images

If all goes according to NASA’s plans, 2026 will finally be the year that astronauts once again launch to the moon.

In a matter of months, four astronauts are poised to fly around the moon on a roughly 10-day mission — the closest humans will have gotten in more than half a century.

The flight, known as Artemis II, could lift off as early as February and would be a long-awaited jump start to America’s lagging return-to-the-moon program. The mission will serve as a crucial test of NASA’s next-generation Space Launch System rocket and Orion spacecraft, which have been in development for more than a decade and faced years of setbacks and severe budget overruns. The system has never carried a crew before.

Returning to the moon has been a priority for President Donald Trump since his first term, and the current administration has placed renewed emphasis on dominating the intensifying space race between the U.S. and China. Chinese officials have pledged to land their own astronauts on the lunar surface by 2030.

Beyond the geopolitical implications, the Artemis II mission is designed to usher in a new era of space exploration, with the goal of eventually establishing bases for long-duration stays on the moon before astronauts someday venture on to Mars.

“Within the next three years, we are going to land American astronauts again on the moon, but this time with the infrastructure to stay,” Jared Isaacman, NASA’s new administrator, told NBC News in an interview last week after he was sworn in.

For some scientists, the excitement around returning to the moon stems from the prospect of investigating enduring mysteries about the moon’s formation and evolution — such as violent collisions in the nascent solar system that created it and where its water originated — which came into focus during the Apollo program in the 1960s and 1970s.

“As you can imagine, lunar scientists have had a lot of pent up questions for decades,” said Brett Denevi, a planetary scientist at the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory in Laurel, Maryland.

Answering some of those questions could shed light on similar processes that occurred during our planet’s formation, according to Denevi.

“Earth is kind of a terrible record-keeper,” she said. “With plate tectonics, weather — these things have just totally erased its very earliest history. But on the moon, you have this terrain that formed about 4.5 billion years ago, and it’s just sitting there on the surface for us to explore.”

Although the Artemis II mission won’t land on the lunar surface, it will test various technologies, docking maneuvers and life-support systems — first in Earth orbit and then in orbit around the moon — that will be essential for future missions.

NASA previously launched the Space Launch System rocket and Orion capsule on an uncrewed test flight around the moon — the Artemis I mission — for 3 1/2 weeks in 2022.

Image: Artemis I Launches After Several Failed Attempts
NASA's Artemis I Space Launch System rocket, with the Orion capsule attached, launches toward the moon in 2022 from NASA's Kennedy Space Center in Cape Canaveral, Fla.
Red Huber / Getty Images

The space agency had hoped to launch Artemis II in 2024, but costly delays repeatedly pushed it and subsequent missions back.

“There’s a lot riding on this, both good and bad,” said Casey Dreier, chief of space policy for The Planetary Society, a nonprofit organization that conducts research, advocacy and outreach to promote space exploration. “Everything seems to be coming together, but this is the first time with humans on this rocket, and we’ve never tested this life-support system in space before.”

No launch date has been announced, but it is expected between February and April. The crew on board will be NASA astronauts Reid Wiseman, Victor Glover and Christina Koch and Canadian Space Agency astronaut Jeremy Hansen.

The foursome was selected for the mission in 2023. Wiseman, Glover and Koch will make their second trips to space, while Hansen will be making his spaceflight debut.

Last weekend, the astronauts completed a key launch-day rehearsal, which involved donning their flight suits, boarding the Orion spacecraft and running through the countdown sequence to the point just before liftoff.

The Artemis program was established under the first Trump administration in 2019, and it salvaged the Space Launch System rocket and Orion capsule from prior stalled or canceled projects at NASA. The space agency had been working on a next-generation booster since 2010, a year before it retired the space shuttles. The Orion spacecraft, meanwhile, was originally designed for the Constellation Program, which was established by President George W. Bush to conduct crewed flights to the moon and Mars.

Last week, Trump doubled down on his return-to-the-moon agenda in an executive order that directed NASA to prioritize “expanding human reach and American presence in space” by landing astronauts on the lunar surface by 2028.

“This is the culmination of what is now almost a 15-year effort,” Dreier said. “Assuming it works, it’ll be seen as a major win for the administration. But if this doesn’t work, or if something calamitous happens, that will really reset everything.”

Image: NASA Prepares For Artemis Moon Mission Launch
The Space Launch System and Orion spacecraft sit on the launch pad ahead of liftoff in November 2022 at the Kennedy Space Center in Cape Canaveral, Florida. 
Red Huber / Getty Images

Artemis II is intended to pave the way for the Artemis III mission in 2027, which is expected to land four astronauts near the moon’s south pole, a region vastly different from where the Apollo astronauts left their bootprints.

Whereas the Apollo moon landings occurred within a narrow band around the moon’s equator, the south polar region is a more challenging place to land because the terrain is pockmarked with craters. These permanently shadowed basins are thought to house abundant water ice, a precious resource for establishing a long-term presence on the moon and for future crewed missions deeper in the solar system.

“Apollo gave us the framework to understand the moon,” Denevi said, “and now we have the foundation to ask different questions.”

Denevi leads the geology team for the Artemis III flight, a role that involves deciding where the crew members will roam after they land, what types of fieldwork they will conduct and which samples they will collect to bring home. She is particularly interested in samples from the moon’s shadowed craters, which are among the coldest places in the solar system.

“When I first started studying the moon, I thought I’d spend my whole career studying historical data,” she said. “Now to have the opportunity to be involved in going to collect new samples that can provide new pieces to this puzzle, instead of trying to rearrange all of the old pieces, that’s going to be a huge step forward.

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:09 Stuur door

Science of Consciousness: The Most Intriguing Discoveries in 2025 Involving Neuroscience and the Mind

(Image Credit: Leon-Pascal Jc/Unsplash)

Science of Consciousness: The Most Intriguing Discoveries in 2025 Involving Neuroscience and the Mind

Questions about the nature of consciousness remain among the most perplexing areas of modern scientific research, with implications for neuroscience and the human mind, as well as our broader concept of reality.

In 2025, many new thresholds in this complex area of study were crossed, with empirical inquiry into our questions about the nature of consciousness occurring within fields such as neuroscience, psychology, and medicine. Many advancements in this area over the last year have also challenged long-held assumptions about where and how consciousness originates, how widespread it may be, and how profoundly altered states can reshape human perception.

Here’s a look at just a few of the major stories involving consciousness, the mind, awareness, and the science behind it all that The Debrief has covered in 2025.

Did ‘Universal Consciousness’ Exist Before the Big Bang?

Among the year’s most provocative work about consciousness, one controversial peer-reviewed paper published in AIP Advances proposed that “universal consciousness” may have existed before the Big Bang, functioning not as a byproduct of matter but as a foundational feature of reality itself.

Consciousness (Image Credit: Pixabay)

Such claims are nothing new and remain hotly debated by researchers, although they reflect a growing willingness among scientists to explore questions about consciousness, whether it is purely emergent or could play a deeper role in shaping the universe. The result has been a reignition of discussions long relegated to philosophy, now increasingly framed through modern cosmology and theoretical physics.

Consciousness May Be Far More Widespread Than Previously Believed

Closer to Earth, neuroscientists and cognitive researchers have increasingly argued that consciousness may be far older and more widespread than traditionally believed. Studies examining simple organisms, brain networks, and evolutionary pathways this year, undertaken by researchers at Ruhr University Bochum, suggested that rudimentary forms of awareness could predate complex nervous systems throughout the animal kingdom.

Rather than being the apex of the human evolutionary process, the researchers argue in a pair of papers that appeared in Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, consciousness “rather represents a more basic cognitive process, possibly shared with other animal phyla.” This reframing has major implications not only for how scientists define consciousness but also for how humans understand their relationship to other life forms.

Psychedelic Therapy and Related Discoveries 

Perhaps the most tangible advances came from renewed interest in altered states of consciousness, particularly through psychedelic research. Multiple studies in 2025 demonstrated that psychedelic compounds can rapidly reorganize brain networks, temporarily dissolving rigid patterns of thought associated with depression, trauma, and addiction.

psilocybin
(Image Credit: Pixabay/CC0 Public Domain)

At the same time, scientists explored non-drug pathways to similar states, such as research into ancient breathwork techniques combined with modern neuroscience that suggests altered states resembling psychedelic experiences could be induced through controlled breathing alone.

Additionally, long-term studies also continued to examine the social and spiritual dimensions of psychedelic experiences. Decades of research now suggest that such states often produce a heightened sense of connection—to other people, to nature, and to perceived transcendent realities. In 2025, experiments involving participants from diverse religious backgrounds highlighted how profoundly personal belief systems shape the interpretation of these experiences, even when the underlying neurochemical mechanisms are shared.

Pitting Consciousness Theories Against Each Other

Meanwhile, researchers made rare progress on a long-standing scientific impasse: competing theories of consciousness. Chris Plain, reporting for The Debrief in May on a 2025 Allen Institute study, described Integrated Information Theory (IIT) and the Global Neuronal Workspace Theory (GNWT), a pair of differing approaches to consciousness.

consciousness

(Image Credit: Ashley Batz/Unsplash)

The resulting research revealed functional connections between neurons within the visual areas of the brain and the brain’s frontal areas, which the researchers behind the study say helps them “understand how our perceptions tie to our thoughts” while also reducing the typical emphasis on “the importance of the prefrontal cortex in consciousness, suggesting that while it’s important for reasoning and planning, consciousness itself may be linked with sensory processing and perception.”

University of Virginia Researchers Study Support Gaps for NDE Experiencers

Finally, 2025 saw increased attention to near-death experiences (NDEs) as a legitimate area of study. Researchers at the University of Virginia identified significant gaps in psychological and medical support for people who report NDEs, many of whom struggle to integrate these experiences into their lives. While interpretations of NDEs vary widely, the research emphasized a growing consensus: regardless of cause, such experiences can be deeply transformative—and ignoring their impact may carry real mental health consequences.

Taken together, these stories reveal a year in which consciousness research moved decisively out of the shadows. Whether probing the origins of awareness in the early universe, mapping its neural signatures, or exploring its therapeutic potential, scientists in 2025 treated consciousness not as an unspeakable mystery—but as a frontier worth confronting directly.

  • Micah Hanks is the Editor-in-Chief and Co-Founder of The Debrief. A longtime reporter on science, defense, and technology with a focus on space and astronomy, he can be reached at micah@thedebrief.org. Follow him on X @MicahHanks, and at micahhanks.com.

{ https://thedebrief.org/category/science/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:55 Stuur door

Stunning photos of Mars that will blow your mind - PART I

Stunning photos of Mars that will blow your mind - PART I

Stunning photos of Mars that will blow your mind

©Reuters

Stunning photos of Mars that will blow your mind
Mars has always fascinated scientists, and it is believed to be the planet with the closest conditions to Earth for life in our solar system. Various projects with rovers have been sent looking for traces of bioactivity, among other experiments and data collection efforts.

In this gallery, you can explore the beautiful landscapes of our neighboring planet in breathtaking images. Click through to get started.

Mount Sharp, 2012

©Reuters

Mount Sharp, 2012
This picture displays the bottom of Mount Sharp, also known as Aeolis Mons, on Mars. The mountain stands at a height of 5.5 km (3.4 miles) above the surrounding valley.

Ophir Chasma, 2015

©Reuters

Ophir Chasma, 2015
This image captures a canyon on Mars, specifically in the northern part of the planet's extensive canyon system.

Nili Patera, 2014

©Reuters

Nili Patera, 2014
Nili Patera, situated atop a lava bed on the grounds of an ancient volcano, stands as one of Mars' most active dune fields.

Gullies, 2017

©Reuters

Gullies, 2017
These flow features, resembling moraines on Earth, are located in the mid-latitudes of Mars. This indicates that the deposits may contain ice or have had ice in the past.

Yellowknife Bay, 2013

©Reuters

Yellowknife Bay, 2013
These spherical shapes in Yellowknife Bay are believed to be concretions, suggesting that water seeped through sediment pores to create them.

Crater, 2014

©Reuters

Crater, 2014
An orbiter captured this image of an impact crater on Mars.

Link, 2012

©Reuters

Link, 2012
This rock outcrop, known as Link, displays rounded gravel fragments, or clasts, ranging in size up to a few centimeters.

Sandy hill, 2014

©Reuters

Sandy hill, 2014
These are the sand dunes of Mars' northernmost region, visible as they appear after being covered by seasonal carbon dioxide (dry) ice during winter.

Acidalia Plain, 2015

©Reuters

Acidalia Plain, 2015
This plain is depicted as the fictional touchdown location for a crewed mission called Ares 3 in the popular novel and film 'The Martian.'

Hellas Planitia, 2011

©Reuters

Hellas Planitia, 2011
The width of the channels in the Hellas Planitia basin varies from 1 to 10 meters (3.3 feet to 33 feet).

Noctis Labyrinthus , 2013

©Reuters

Noctis Labyrinthus, 2013
Located on the Tharsis rise in the upper part of Valles Marineris, this area is recognized for its intricate network of deep valleys with steep walls.

Gale crater, 2013

©Reuters

Gale crater, 2013
This crater, thought to be around 3.5 to 3.8 billion years old, is likely a dry lake located near the northwestern region of the Aeolis quadrangle.

Gale crater, 2013

©Reuters

Gale crater, 2013
The rover designed to explore Gale crater, which is about the size of a car, can be seen as a blue dot in the lower right corner of the image.

Gale crater, 2012

©Reuters

Gale crater, 2012
This photo shows a section of the wall of Gale crater, where a system of valleys, thought to be created by water, enters the crater from the surrounding area.

Shaler, 2013

©Reuters

Shaler, 2013
This rock formation's name is Shaler.

Trenches, 2008

©Reuters

Trenches, 2008
The Robotic Arm of the Phoenix lander dug these two trenches.

Victoria Crater, 2006

©Reuters

Victoria Crater, 2006
This impact crater found in the Meridiani Planum plain has a width of approximately 730 meters (2,395 feet)and is named after a ship from Ferdinand Magellan's fleet, the first to sail around the world.

Meteorite, 2005

©Reuters

Meteorite, 2005
NASA's Mars Exploration Rover Opportunity took this photo of an iron meteorite on Mars.

Columbia Hills, 2004

©Reuters

Columbia Hills, 2004
This photograph shows the Columbia Hills, a collection of small hills situated in Gusev crater.

Water, 2015

©Reuters

Water, 2015
This picture displays narrow streaks approximately 100 meters (328 feet) long that are believed to be created by flowing water.

Garni crater, 2015

©Reuters

Garni crater, 2015
These dark, narrow streaks emerging out of the walls of Garni crater are called recurring slope lineae.

Round depression, 2015

©Reuters

Round depression, 2015
NASA's Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter captured this circular depression on the surface of Mars in February 2015.

Color Photos, 2008

©Reuters

Color Photos, 2008
This is one of the initial color photographs of the surface of Mars captured after the Phoenix Mars lander spacecraft safely touched down on May 25, 2008. It marked the historic first landing near Mars's northern pole.

Mars

©Reuters

Mars
This is the percussion drill located at the tip of the Curiosity Robotic Arm, as it contacts the rock surface on January 27, 2013.

Hellas Planitia, 2008

©Reuters

Hellas Planitia, 2008
This image displays a view from a different angle of a mountain located in eastern Hellas Planitia. The mountain harbors sizable glaciers beneath rocks.

Hellas Planitia, 2008

©Reuters

Hellas Planitia, 2008
This is an alternative view of the mountain in the eastern Hellas Planitia, which revealed the presence of sizable glaciers concealed beneath fragmented rocks.

Mound, 2017

©Reuters

Mound, 2017
This mound appears to have blocked the path of dunes as they move south (to the right of this image).

 { starsinsider.com }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 18:14 Stuur door

Stunning photos of Mars that will blow your mind - PART II

Stunning photos of Mars that will blow your mind - PART II

Cliff, 2017

©Reuters

Cliff, 2017
NASA's Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter has captured an intriguing rugged cliff edge in this image.

Southern hemisphere, 2017

©Reuters

Southern hemisphere, 2017
Small pits are visible in the bright residual layer of carbon dioxide ice near a larger, circular feature that extends through the ice and dust. This may be an impact crater or a pit created by collapse.

Mars, 2016

©Reuters

Mars, 2016
The NASA Hubble Space Telescope captured this remarkable image of the Red Planet.

Nili Fossae, 2016

©Reuters

Nili Fossae, 2016
Nili Fossae, situated on the northwest edge of Isidis Planitia crater, is a vibrant area on Mars.

Impressive view, 2015

©Reuters

Impressive view, 2015
A plane is visible flying by, while the crescent moon and planets Venus and Mars can be seen close by.

Outcrop, 2004

©Reuters

Outcrop, 2004
The Opportunity rover captured an intriguing rock formation in this photograph.

Frost, 2015

©Reuters

Frost, 2015
This photo taken by NASA's Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter displays frost covering Mars's surface.

Rock geology, 2014

©Reuters

Rock geology, 2014
This evenly-layered rock formation displays a pattern typical of a lake-floor sedimentary deposit, suggesting a lake once filled this crater.

Cumberland, 2014

©Reuters

Cumberland, 2014
The Curiosity rover bored into a rock nicknamed Cumberland.

Mast Camera, 2012

©Reuters

Mast Camera, 2012
The Martian landscape serves as the backdrop for the Alpha Particle X-Ray Spectrometer in this image.

Cape Verde, 2006

©Reuters

Cape Verde, 2006
Cape Verde, a landscape with rocky cliffs, stands on the edge of Victoria crater. These cliffs were named after the country, as a tribute to Ferdinand Magellan who had explored Cape Verde during his round-the-world journey.

Bathurst Inlet, 2012

©Reuters

Bathurst Inlet, 2012
This marks the highest point of Bathurst Inlet, a rock situated on the surface of Aeolis Palus within the Gale crater.

Newton crater, 2011

©Reuters

Newton crater, 2011
These water flows are observed during the spring and summer on a slope within the Newton crater.

Sheepbed, 2013

©Reuters

Sheepbed, 2013
This is a rock formation found at the Sheepbed, a deposit of mudstone located in the Yellowknife Bay region within Gale crater.

Marquette Island, 2010

©Reuters

Marquette Island, 2010
Marquette Island is a rock about the size of a basketball whose texture and composition suggest it came from deep inside the Martian crust.

Becquerel crater, 2008

©Reuters

Becquerel crater, 2008
The pattern in this sedimentary bedrock within Becquerel crater suggests rhythmic bedding.

Phoenix, 2008

©Reuters

Phoenix, 2008
The descent of NASA's Phoenix lander to the Martian surface with the attached parachute is visible.

Valles Marineris, 2006

©Getty Images

Valles Marineris, 2006
Valles Marineris serves as Mars's counterpart to the Grand Canyon.

Reull Vallis, 2004

©Getty Images

Reull Vallis, 2004
The Reull Vallis was likely formed by water. The valley got its name from the Gaelic word for planet.

Echus Chasma, 2008

©Getty Images

Echus Chasma, 2008
This aerial photograph displays the Echus Chasma, which is among the largest water source regions on Mars.

Sleepy Hollow, 2004

©Getty Images

Sleepy Hollow, 2004
This circular topographic view, known as Sleepy Hollow, was discovered in the Gusev Crater on Mars.

Mars Pathfinder, 1997

©Getty Images

Mars Pathfinder, 1997
This photo depicts NASA's Mars Pathfinder probe surveying the planet's landscape in 1997.

Echus Chasma, 2008

©Getty Images

Echus Chasma, 2008
Waterfalls may have cascaded down these towering cliffs in the past, which stand at a staggering 4,000 meters (13,123 feet). The remarkably even valley floor indicates that it was subsequently submerged by basaltic lava.

Phoenix, 2008

©Getty Images

Phoenix, 2008
This image depicts the Phoenix lander arriving on the Red Planet, as envisioned by an artist.

Mars, 1997

©Getty Images

Mars, 1997
This high-definition image captures the detailed features of Mars, while it was positioned approximately 100 million km (60 million miles) away from Earth.

See also:


 { starsinsider.com }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 18:13 Stuur door

Archaeology in 2025: Here Are Several of This Year’s Most Fascinating Ancient Discoveries

stonehenge archeology

Britain's famous Stonehenge
(Image Credit: Mila Buenavida/Unsplash)

Archaeology in 2025: Here Are Several of This Year’s Most Fascinating Ancient Discoveries

Many fascinating discoveries and new insights into the curiosities of the ancient world have been unearthed throughout 2025.

Archaeological findings over the last 12 months have helped push back the timescales for ancient construction in Europe and elsewhere, while the unearthing of unique artifacts has added new clues to our understanding of ancient life. Additionally, several discoveries in 2025 have even helped bridge the gap between ancient history and mythology.

With such discoveries in mind, here’s a look at some of our favorite archaeological discoveries from 2025, and some of the greatest new insights we’ve obtained about the ancient world throughout the year.

A 4,000-Year-Old Labyrinth Rewrites an Ancient Myth

The unearthing of a massive, 4,000-year-old labyrinthine structure in Crete, hailed by researchers as among the most important finds of the century, captured headlines in 2025 as new details about the curious site, initially discovered in 2024, continue to emerge.

Labyrinth (Credit: Greek Ministry of Culture)

The accidental discovery, uncovered during excavations in advance of the construction of a new airport on the island, suggests that complex designs existed in the ancient world long before classical Greek accounts popularized the legend of the Minotaur and its famous labyrinth, potentially even offering support for there being at least some factual basis for the legendary structure’s existence.

A 5,000-Year-Old Spanish Tomb Reveals a Connected Ancient World

This year, the discovery of a 5,000-year-old tomb in Spain revealed unexpected evidence of long-distance cultural and material exchange in ancient Europe. Artifacts found at the site suggest that ancient communities were far more interconnected than previously assumed, sharing ideas, technologies, and symbolic practices across vast regions.

“The presence of seashells in an inland territory reflects the importance of the sea as an element of prestige and the existence of long-distance exchange networks,” explained Professor Juan Jesús Cantillo of the University of Cadiz, who was involved with the research.

tomb Credit: University of Cadiz

Rather than isolated settlements, the tomb supports a growing view of prehistoric Europe as part of a dynamic, networked world—one in which trade routes and shared traditions linked distant populations centuries before written history.

Pompeii Continues to Yield Surprises

Excavations at Pompeii once again reshaped historians’ understanding of Roman life. This year, the intriguing placement stairway led archaeologists to evidence of a “lost” portion of the ancient city, thanks to modern 3D digital reconstructions that reveal how much of the ancient settlement was lost during the cataclysmic eruption of Mount Vesuvius and how it might have looked nearly 2000 years ago.

Pompeii

3D reconstruction of Pompeii’s ‘House of Thiasus’

(Image Courtesy of the Archaeological Park of Pompeii)

At the same time, new research into Roman concrete is helping to uncover how the material can seemingly self-heal over thousands of years. By decoding the chemical processes that underpin its durability, MIT scientists have gained insights not only into Roman engineering mastery but also into how ancient knowledge might inform modern sustainable construction.

Sunken Megaliths Off France Push Back Europe’s Timeline

Off the coast of France, archaeologists recently discovered a series of 7,000-year-old submerged megaliths, dramatically extending the known timeline of monumental stone construction in Europe. The finds suggest that large-scale architectural projects were underway centuries earlier than previously believed—and that rising sea levels may have hidden entire chapters of human history.

mesolithic wall (Image Credit: SAMM, 2023/Yves Fouquet et al. / International Journal of Nautical Archaeology (2025))

“Also of intrigue is the fact that local legends bear some similarities to the recent discovery,” Ryan Whalen reported for The Debrief on December 14. “Specifically, a legend from around Brittany holds that, west of the Bay of Douarnenez, a drowned city known as Ys is believed to lie at the bottom of the ocean.”

Based on recent discoveries, archaeologists who published their work in the International Journal of Nautical Archaeology on December 9, 2025, believe the sunken structure could be related to traditional beliefs long associated with the region.

New Clues Near Stonehenge Challenge Old Assumptions

And finally, ongoing discoveries near the famous Stonehenge monument continue to offer new insights into Neolithic life in Britain. Among 2025’s major discoveries were a massive ring of ancient pits suggesting the presence of an ancient henge, and, more broadly, coordinated construction efforts on a scale not previously recognized, pointing to sophisticated social organization and long-term planning at the famous site.

stonehenge

A. Sood/Unsplash)

Meanwhile, research into the enigmatic Newall boulder overturned the idea that glaciers transported the stone to the site, instead revealing a far more deliberate human role in its placement. Together, the findings reinforce the view that Stonehenge was part of a much larger, carefully designed ceremonial landscape.

  • Micah Hanks is the Editor-in-Chief and Co-Founder of The Debrief. A longtime reporter on science, defense, and technology with a focus on space and astronomy, he can be reached at micah@thedebrief.org. Follow him on X @MicahHanks, and at micahhanks.com.

{ https://thedebrief.org/category/science/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 21:29 Stuur door

We didn't find answers in 2025, but UFO researchers say the search continues

We didn't find answers in 2025, but UFO researchers say the search continues

A man looks at the camera sitting in the audience with other people wearing formal attire while a projector screen in the back is lit up with a grid-like image
A photo taken at the recent US Congressional UAP hearing on September 9. 
(Image credit: Kevin Dietsch / Getty Images staff)

After years of making headlines, air vehicles of nameless origin, unknown intent, and seemingly odd capabilities are still being reported within America's national airspace, allegedly flying over sensitive facilities and interfering with commercial air traffic.

All of this aerial weirdness involves unidentified anomalous phenomena, or UAP for short. Whatever they are, UAP continue to be seen, reported and even documented through various sensor technologies. However, despite years of whistleblowers testifying before Congress, there seems to have been a bottleneck in getting to the bottom of the UAP issue in 2025. Why so?

Key specialists appraising the issue UAP have yet to untangle the mystery, but do appear to agree on what needs to be done now to further resolve what UAP are and from where they might originate.

You may like
  • A series of four photos, one large one on the right and three stacked on the left showing various dots of comet 3I/ATLAS

How did interstellar comet 3I/ATLAS capture our imagination in 2025?

  • a view of clouds above the blue oceans of earth as seen through the windows of a space station

The 'ultraview effect': What happens when we bring human spirituality to outer space?

  • A view of a spacecraft above Earth with solar panel wings.

The International Space Station will fall to Earth in 2030. Can a private space station really fill its gap?


Hellfire missile smacks 'UFO' and 'bounces right off,' revealed at US congressional hearing

Plurality of minds

The UAP phenomenon benefits from having a plurality of minds engaged in disciplined debate, suggests Michael Cifone, founding executive director and President of the Society for UAP Studies, based in Los Angeles, California.

Today, there's a division emerging between classical Unidentified Flying Object (UFO), aka "flying saucer," incidents and studying UAP from the point of view of observational and experimental science. But engaging scientific methods and instruments turns out to be neither trivial nor cheap, Cifone said.

"Perhaps the holdup is reluctance to dump time, energy and money into what looks to some like a wild goose chase," said Cifone.

Cold cases

"Like any other scientific venture, both funding and institutional support is required," Cifone said. "Given the historical stigma associated with the topic that has been hard to achieve. But now with the emphasis no longer on chasing forensic cold cases, and relying on reports of UAP, serious scientists and student researchers are getting involved."

The upshot is to deploy scientific methodology to establish the observational framework with the proper instrumentation, Cifone added, "in order to generate the data on UAP from which more secure conclusions can be derived."

Cifone said that progress, like in any other science or research area, will be slow but hopefully steady, albeit incremental.

"What will likely happen is that there will be downstream benefits that aren't foreseeable exactly now. Maybe new sciences will break away. So it will be a win for the growth of knowledge and for science in particular," Cifone senses.

You may like
  • A series of four photos, one large one on the right and three stacked on the left showing various dots of comet 3I/ATLAS

How did interstellar comet 3I/ATLAS capture our imagination in 2025?

  • a view of clouds above the blue oceans of earth as seen through the windows of a space station

The 'ultraview effect': What happens when we bring human spirituality to outer space?

  • A view of a spacecraft above Earth with solar panel wings.

International Space Station will fall to Earth in 2030. Can a private space station really fill its gap?

For Cifone, his view is to keep the eye on the ball and work out the observational framework design and required instruments and observational modalities before we can have the reliable datasets we need. "But science doesn't always go as planned. In any case, there's a lot of work to be done."

Cifone points to an increasing number of institutions that are studying UAPs. Indeed, work underway on UAP has blossomed into a world-wide field of research, he said.

A still from a video reportedly showing a "transmedium" UAP that appears to travel between air and water and split in half. During testimony on Nov. 19, 2024 the head of the Pentagon's UFO office AARO said it actually shows an infrared camera's inability to tell two objects' temperature apart from the ocean behind them.  (Image credit: AARO/DOD)

All sky, all the time

To Cifone's point, there's the University of Würzburg in northern Bavaria, one of the oldest universities in Germany. An Interdisciplinary Research Center for Extraterrestrial Studies (IFEX) has been established.

One effort the university is developing is an "AllSkyCAM" able to capture UAP. An automated reporting system is currently under construction with the university cooperating with the Luftfahrt-Bundesamt, the national civil aviation authority of Germany, to research unusual phenomena in the country's airspace.

Then there's the Galileo Project led by astrophysicist Avi Loeb of Harvard University. They have designed and built an array of sensors to scan the sky for aerial phenomena and assess atmospheric anomalies that may not be of terrestrial origin.

This type of research can produce data on UAP, Cifone said, "then we need to experiment with the data and produce theories, or what you call explanations, and perhaps even understanding! We're only at the observational framework design and testing phase. Then we need to let the systems run, probably for many years."

Test a hypothesis

There's need to be able to scientifically test a hypothesis that some UAP are potentially extraterrestrial craft, said Robert Powell, executive board member of the Scientific Coalition for UAP Studies (SCU).

"I consider extreme acceleration to be the best characteristic that has the potential to eliminate a terrestrial explanation for a UAP," said Powell. But measurement of high accelerations of UAP, he said, requires high-precision scientific gear and data.

"The cost of putting out a network of calibrated and characterized equipment, maintaining it, obtaining placement rights on land, and analyzing the data will cost tens to hundreds of millions of dollars," said Powell.

Military systems

One estimate by an engineer in SCU forecasts that given 300 "actual" UAP sightings per year — and assuming random distribution of sightings — that with 930 automated camera systems distributed across the U.S., one would have a 95% chance of detecting a UAP of 50 foot or larger size within a year.

"To date, the financial resources to achieve this are not available," said Powell. "The military has the capability with radar, satellite, and optical systems, but the scientific community does not have access to these systems." He thinks the work ahead could be done now via military systems, but only if there were no national security concerns.

"I think it will take many years to do it through privately-financed civilian systems but that doesn't mean we shouldn't continue working at it," Powell concluded.

Ignore, rationalize away

Ryan Graves is chair of the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics (AIAA) Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena Integration Committee. He is also director of Americans for Safe Aerospace, a military pilot group devoted to aerospace safety and national security, but focused on UAPs.

"Highly credible people and professional observers are seeing objects that appear to exhibit capabilities beyond the state of the art," Graves told Space.com. "In the data received, there seems to be this core anomalous aspect that we can't just ignore or rationalize away."

Graves speaks with UAP eye-witness authority as a former Lt. U.S. Navy and F/A-18F pilot. He was the first active-duty pilot to publicly point to his own encounters and spotlights his military colleagues regarding their UAP sightings.

In July 2023, Graves testified about UAPs before the House Oversight Committee's National Security Subcommittee in Congress, a hearing centered on UAP and the implications for national security, public safety, and how best to attain government transparency on the issue.

Ryan Graves, the chair of the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics.  (Image credit: BRENDAN SMIALOWSKI/Getty Images)

Pay attention

"We need to pay attention to this and recognize the national security implications," Graves said. Objects are operating in sovereign air space, he said, potentially collecting intelligence and trying to break into or set the stage to counter our defenses and set the country up for strategic surprise.

In blunt talk, Graves said UAP are engaged in actions "that would be recognized as acts of war or at the minimum preparation for an attack."

For its part, the AIAA UAP Integration & Outreach Committee is a strictly agnostic, science-first committee inside the AIAA.

"Our remit is to bring aerospace rigor to an area with real safety-of-flight implications," Graves said. The committee has been convening experts across AIAA's technical committees, publishing peer-reviewed and conference papers, and producing policy guidance that standardizes how aviation professionals document and share safety-relevant observations, Graves added.

Retention of data

While AIAA provides technical expertise rather than lobbying, Graves said the work on UAP has helped clarify best-practice reporting standards as well as set standards for retention of data on what's being reported.

One early payoff is that AIAA's UAP effort parallels what Congress has been considering in the standalone bill "Safe Airspace for Americans Act," introduced in January 2024 and reintroduced in September of this year. "Our focus remains the same," said Graves, "and that is credible data, clear procedures, and aviation safety."

That bipartisan Act is championed by U.S. representatives Robert Garcia of California and Glenn Grothman of Wisconsin, legislation crafted to support civilian UAP reporting.

"Transparency surrounding UAP is crucial for national security, public safety, and making sure people trust that our government is taking these reports seriously," Congressman Garcia said in a statement. "This bill creates a clear, protected pathway for pilots and other aviation professionals to report UAP incidents without having to fear stigma or worry about retaliation. This is a vital step forward to make sure our skies are safe and our government is responsive."

Closure on the topic?

Graves also points to the current leadership of the Department of Defense All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office, or AARO. It too is established to minimize technical and intelligence surprise by "synchronizing identification, attribution, and mitigation of UAP in the vicinity of national security areas," the AARO states.

"I'm optimistic. There is significant organizational change across the government that I think will bare fruit. There process is maturing to the point where they can start delivering on their expectations," said Graves.

Overall, Graves is heartened by current UAP interest and on-going activities.

"I don't know if there's been a better time to hope for closure on this topic. I don't think we've ever been in quite the situation we're in today," Graves said.

{ https://www.space.com/space-exploration }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 20:24 Stuur door

Top Astronomical Events to Watch For in 2026

Top Astronomical Events to Watch For in 2026

Totality over Guam from 2019. Credit: Eliot Herman. Totality over Guam from 2019. Credit: Eliot Herman.

The coming year offers eclipses, occultations and much more.

Ready for another amazing year of skywatching? 2025 was a wild year with a steady parade of comets knocking on naked eye visibility, and one extra special interstellar comet, 3I/ATLAS.

The sky just keeps on turning into 2026. Watch for mutual eclipse season for the major moons of Jupiter, as the moons pass one if front of the other. The ongoing solar cycle is also still expected to be active into 2026 producing sunspots, space weather and more. And (finally!) we’ll see the return of total solar eclipses on August 12th, as umbral shadow of the Moon crosses Greenland, Iceland and northern Spain.

Comet 3I/ATLAS crosses paths with asteroid 65 Cybele. Credit: Filipp Romanov.

Comet 3I/ATLAS crosses paths with asteroid 65 Cybele.

Credit: Filipp Romanov.

Here's a quick run down of the best of the best events to watch for in 2026:

-A total solar eclipse spanning the North Atlantic into Spain on August 12th. -A return of totality with a total lunar eclipse for North America and the Pacific Region on March 3rd. -Mutual eclipse-transit season resumes for the moons of Jupiter.
-Two fine dusk occultations of Venus by the Moon on June 17th and September 14th. -The Moon occults Jupiter for eastern North America on October 6th. -The Perseid and Geminid meteor showers both put on fine shows, with the Moon near New. -The Moon occults Antares, Regulus and the Pleiades (Messier 45) worldwide. -Saturn meets Mercury in the dusk sky on April 20th.
-Several fine lunar/planetary/stellar groupings occur in November, as the Moon slides by several planets and notable bright stars.
-A good binocular comet C/2025 R3 PanSTARRS makes a brief Spring 2026 apparition.

The Sun in 2026

We’re still coming off of the intense Solar Cycle 25 maximum in 2026, as we head towards the transition dip of solar minimum around 2030 into solar cycle 26.

A massive sunspot graces Sol in 2025, as seen in hydrogen-alpha and calcium-k. Credit: Eliot Herman.

A massive sunspot graces Sol in 2025, as seen in hydrogen-alpha and calcium-k.

Credit: Eliot Herman.

Sunspot activity is always a big unknown, as massive sunspots come and go. Here are the definite known phenomena for the Earth and Sun in 2026:

Sun-Earth phenomena for 2026.

Sun-Earth phenomena for 2026.

The Moon in 2026

The path of the Moon is still transitioning in 2026, from steep versus the ecliptic plane in 2025 fresh off major lunar standstill. We're now headed back towards shallow and Minor Lunar Standstill in May 2034. This is due to the 5 degree tilt of the Moon’s orbit versus the ecliptic, assuring a cycle transitioning from hilly to shallow to hilly again. This 18.6 year cycle is what’s known as *lunar nodal precession*. The Moon is still swinging wide in 2026, and headed from wide north-to-south near the solstices.

Moon phases for 2026.Moon phases for 2026.

Eclipses in 2026

The eclipse path for the August # Total Solar Eclipse. From Atlas of Total Solar Eclipses 2020 to 2045 by Michael Zeiler/Michael E. Bakich

*The eclipse path for the August 12th Total Solar Eclipse. From The Atlas of Total Solar Eclipses 2020 to 2045 by Michael Zeiler/Michael E. Bakich*

2026 sees four eclipses (2 lunar and 2 solar) the normal minimum that can occur:

February 17th - An annular solar eclipse for the Antarctic.

March 3rd - A total lunar eclipse for the Americas, the Pacific, Australia and the Far East. Totality for this one is just over 56 minutes in duration.

The March 2025 total lunar eclipse. Credit: Robert Sparks.

The March 2025 total lunar eclipse.

Credit: Robert Sparks.

August 12th - A Total solar eclipse for Iceland, the North Atlantic and northern Spain.

August 28th - A deep (93% obscured) partial lunar eclipse for Africa, Europe, the Atlantic and the Americas.

An animation of the August 2026 eclipse. Credit: NASA/GSFC/A.T. Sinclair

*An animation of the August 2026 eclipse.

Credit: NASA/GSFC/A.T. Sinclair*

Lunar Occultations of Planets in 2026

The Moon occults 4 planets a total of 11 times in 2026: Mercury (1), Venus (3), Mars (3), Jupiter (4). Saturn is the only naked eye planet that eludes the Moon in 2026.

Lunar v. planet occultations for 2026.

Lunar v. planet occultations for 2026.

The October 6th occultation of Jupiter by the Moon. Credit: Occult 4.2.

The October 6th occultation of Jupiter by the Moon.

Credit: Occult 4.2.

Lunar Occultations of Bright Stars by the Moon

Two of the four +1st magnitude stars that the Moon can occult (Regulus and Antares) are visited by the Moon in 2026… Aldebaran and Spica sit this one out.

First, the Moon occults Regulus:

Lunar occultations of Regulus for 2026.

Lunar occultations of Regulus for 2026.

The Moon also visits Antares in 2026:

Lunar occultations of Antares for 2026.

Lunar occultations of Antares for 2026.

The Moon also continues visiting the open cluster Messier 44 (Praesepe) and Messier 45 (The Pleiades), once per lunation in 2026.

Planets in 2026

Planets wander the ecliptic (hence the Greek name planetai, meaning ‘wanderer’) transitioning from the dawn to dusk sky and back again. Sometimes, they slide past each other as seen from Earth. Here’s the best planet-versus-planet conjunctions to look forward to in 2026:

Planetary conjunctions for 2026.

Planetary conjunctions for 2026.

The Inner Planets in 2026

Mercury reaches greatest elongation six times in 2026, three each in the dawn and dusk. Meanwhile, Venus passes solar conjunction on January 6th, and spends the rest of the year dominating the dusk sky before reaching solar conjunction on October 24th and reemerging once again in the dawn.

The inner planets for 2026.

The inner planets for 2026.

Outer Planets in 2026

Planets beyond Earth’s orbit can reach opposition, rising ‘opposite’ in the east versus the setting Sun in the west. This also represents the best time to observe a given planet, as it passes closest to the Earth and remains above the horizon from sunset until sunrise.

Mars does not reach opposition until February 19th, 2027. Meanwhile, the average plane of Jupiter’s moons reaches its bidecadal edge-on point once again starting in late 2026, meaning the four moons will pass one in front of the other, eclipsing and occulting each other in a complex series of events. Finally, Saturn’s rings are gradually widening from edge-on in 2025, averaging 10 degrees open in 2026 and headed towards their widest tilt 27 degrees in 2031.

Oppositions for 2026.

Oppositions for 2026.

Here are several key planetary groupings to watch for in 2026:

-June 16th: Mercury, Venus, Jupiter and the waxing crescent Moon at dusk.

-Nov 2-3rd: The waning, just past Last Quarter Moon passes Mars, Jupiter and Regulus, all in a row in the pre-dusk sky.

-Nov 7th: The waning crescent Moon groups with Venus and the bright star Spica at dawn.

-Nov 30th: The waning gibbous Moon groups with Mars, Jupiter and Regulus high in the pre-dawn sky.

The Moon meets Venus and Spica on November 7th. Credit: Stellarium.

The Moon meets Venus and Spica on November 7th.

Credit: Stellarium.

Three planets also transit the Messier 44 cluster in 2026:

-M44/Jupiter August 4th (but just 4 degrees west of the Sun)
-M44/Mercury August 14th (just 13 degrees west of the Sun) -M44/Mars October 11th (70 west of Sun the Sun)

The Best Meteor Showers in 2026

About a dozen dependable meteor showers of the 110 known showers peak annually, as the Earth plows through streams laid down by their respective parent comets:

Top meteor showers for 2026.

Top meteor showers for 2026.

Bright Comets in 2026

Bright comets for the coming year are always the big wildcard. As of writing this, there are only a half-dozen odd comets set to break +10th magnitude in 2026. Keep in mind, that could change very quickly if a bright new comet on a long period orbit makes itself known.

Comet C/2025 A6 Lemmon as seen from Sa Calobra, Mallorca Spain. Credit: David Maimó.

Comet C/2025 A6 Lemmon as seen from Sa Calobra, Mallorca Spain.

Credit: David Maimó.

C/2025 R3PanSTARRS passes thru SOHO’s view from April 22-26.

The path of Comet R3 PanSTARRS through SOHO's field of view. Credit: Starry Night.

The path of Comet R3 PanSTARRS through SOHO's field of view.

Credit: Starry Night.

Best Predicted Comets in 2026.

Best Predicted Comets in 2026.

Aurora over Conestoga River from 2025. Will 2026 provide an encore? Credit: Marion Haligowski/Radical Retinoscopy.

Aurora over Conestoga River from 2025. Will 2026 provide an encore?

Credit: Marion Haligowski/Radical Retinoscopy.

And that’s just a brief look ahead, at what promises to be another fine year of skywatching in 2026.

{ https://www.universetoday.com/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:14 Stuur door

A supernova from the beginning of the universe, captured by the James Webb Space Telescope

A supernova from the beginning of the universe, captured by the James Webb Space Telescope

The James Webb Space Telescope observes galaxies in the early universe. In one of them, it saw a bright spot – a supernova explosion.

A supernova explosion. Source: phys.org

Explosion from the early universe

An international team of astronomers has achieved a first in probing the early universe, using the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), detecting a supernova – the explosive death of a massive star – at an unprecedented cosmic distance.

The explosion, designated SN in GRB 250314A, occurred when the universe was only about 730 million years old, placing it deep in the era of reionization. This remarkable discovery provides a direct look at the final moments of a massive star from a time when the first stars and galaxies were just beginning to form.

Supernova from the dawn of the universe captured by James Webb Space Telescope

Credit: Artwork - NASA, ESA, NSF's NOIRLab, Mark Garlick, Mahdi Zamani

This event, reported in a recently published scientific article, was first noted by a bright burst of high-energy radiation known as a long gamma-ray burst (GRB), detected by the Space-based Multiband Variable Object Monitor (SVOM) on March 14, 2025. Follow-up observations with the European Southern Observatory’s Very Large Telescope (ESO/VLT) confirmed the extreme distance.

The connection between supernovae and gamma-ray bursts

The key finding came from targeted observations with JWST’s Near-Infrared Camera (NIRCAM) approximately 110 days after the burst. Scientists were able to separate the light of the explosion from its faint, underlying host galaxy.

James Webb Space Telescope Earliest Supernova GRB 250314A

Astronomers now have a new measuring stick to peek into the universe in its early stages. NASA’s James Webb Space Telescope has captured the earliest known supernova on camera, a mind-blowing stellar explosion that lit up the universe some 730 million years ago. At the time, galaxies were still finding their feet, and stars were burning with an unrestrained ferocity. This discovery pushes the timing for such massive events back more than a billion years, providing a better understanding of how the early cosmos formed its first heavy elements.

Co-author and astrophysicist at UCD School of Physics, Dr. Antonio Martin-Carrillo said, “The key observation, or smoking gun, that connects the death of massive stars with gamma-ray bursts is the discovery of a supernova emerging at the same sky location. Almost every supernova ever studied has been relatively nearby to us, with just a handful of exceptions to date. When we confirmed the age of this one, we saw a unique opportunity to probe how the universe was there and what type of stars existed and died back then.”

“Using models based on the population of supernovae associated with GRBs in our local universe, we made some predictions of what the emission should be and used it to propose a new observation with the James Webb Space Telescope. To our surprise, our model worked remarkably well and the observed supernova seems to match really well the death of stars that we see regularly. We were also able to get a glimpse of the galaxy that hosted this dying star.”

Similarities between supernovae from the early universe and modern supernovae

The data indicate that the distant supernova is surprisingly similar in brightness and spectral properties to the prototype GRB-associated supernova, SN 1998bw, which exploded in the local universe.

This similarity suggests that the massive star that collapsed to create GRB 250314A was not significantly different from the progenitors of GRBs observed locally, despite the vastly different physical conditions (such as lower metallicity) in the early universe. The observations also ruled out a much more luminous event, such as a superluminous supernova (SLSN).

The findings challenge the assumption that the stars of the early universe, formed under extremely low-metallicity conditions, would lead to markedly different, perhaps brighter or bluer, stellar explosions than those seen today.

While this discovery provides a powerful anchor point for understanding stellar evolution in the early universe, it also opens new questions about the observed uniformity.

RELATED VIDEOS

{ https://universemagazine.com/en/articles-en/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:30 Stuur door

Ghosts, Wraiths, Demons, and Hauntings of the Wild West

Ghosts, Wraiths, Demons, and Hauntings of the Wild West

Ghosts, Wraiths, Demons, and Hauntings of the Wild West

There are many American legends spanning many disparate areas of the United States, and each is imbued with its own strangeness and mysteries. One area that has long had many stories of ghosts, hauntings, phantoms, curses, and demons is the realm of the Old West. This is a land awash with numerous Native legends, and those from the settlers as well, and it often seems to be a place of ghosts and phantoms prowling the ruins of what once was. Here we will look at some of the eerie legends of the paranormal mysteries and entities once said to prowl these wilds, and which in many cases supposedly still do. 

What old Wild West scene would be complete without its saloon full of cowboys, bandits, and unsavory elements of society? How about a haunted one? Paso Robles, California, is a historic little town tucked away along the Salinas River in San Luis Obispo County, California, its name coming from the original El Paso de Robles, meaning “The Pass of Oaks.” It is the quintessential Old West town, looking very much as it always has, and it possesses a long history populated by colorful characters. It was inhabited by Native tribes for thousands of years until the mission era, when settlers began pouring into the region and the area of Paso Robles became known for its numerous thermal springs, and in later years has become known for its haunted historic saloon.

It was due to the hot springs of the area that in the 1880s, Mexican War veteran Drury James, of Kentucky, uncle of the infamous Jesse and Frank James, moved in to secure a land grant along the Camino Real trail in order to provide a stopover for weary travelers. Drury would actively advertise its hot springs as having healing properties and curative effects for a wide range of ailments, even going as far as to bottle it and sell it, and as more settlers and visitors poured in, it became a town in its own right, as more hot baths, orchards, cattle ranches, and vineyards sprang up around them. In fact, in 1886, the Southern Pacific Railroad made it a major stop along its route, and Paso Robles was officially incorporated as a city in 1889.

It became a popular destination as a hot spring resort, with the magnificent El Paso de Robles Hotel serving as a main attraction for the wealthy with its numerous bathrooms, plunge bath, garden, and 9-hole golf course. The hotel itself became well-known for its healing hot springs, and it and the town would go on to be visited over the years up to the present by such famous personalities as President Theodore Roosevelt, actors actors Douglas Fairbanks, Boris Karloff, Bob Hope, and Clark Gable, Gary Busey, Robert Mitchum, Mel Gibson, Sam Elliot, Greg Kinnear, Grammy Award winner Louie Ortega, Kenny Lee Lewis of the Steve Miller Band, musician Merle Haggard, bass player for Steppenwolf Nick St. Nicholas, Eagles songwriter Jack Tempchin, Blues player K.M. Williams, and many others. Yet, although this place in its early days was an attractive holiday destination, it was not without its shadier elements lurking about, most of which revolved around the rough-around-the-edges of a place called Pine Street.

The street itself was originally a stagecoach stop where coaches would stop on their way to Bakersfield, and it became known as a gathering place for miners, ranchers, and the more nefarious dregs of society. They would hold dances and horse races here, often drinking, gambling, and raising a ruckus, and among them were also some notorious outlaws, notably Drury’s own relatives Jesse and Frank James. In the midst of this den of villainy was a modest two story structure which held within it a bar that was at the time called the Red Door, also a notable billiard parlor and card room, at one point even serving as a candy store, which while one of many other similar establishments along the street was certainly one of the most infamous, being one of Jesse James’ alleged haunts when he was in town.

The bar would eventually be known as the Pine Street Saloon, and it has gone on to become one of the oldest standing buildings in Paso Robles, with full swinging doors and looking like something out of a Western movie, as well as the most haunted. Perhaps it is due to its rough history, but the Pine Street Saloon has long been considered ground zero for all manner of paranormal phenomena, including roving cold spots, mysteriously moving objects, shadow figures, and even the supposed apparition of Jesse James himself, said to lurk in darkened corners of the bar, only to vanish when approached. Patrons have also complained of being pushed or slapped by unseen hands, and mediums who have visited have reported there being very malevolent spirits here that mean people harm. There are also often fleeting figures and other anomalies captured on the security cameras of the establishment, and the paranormal activity is such that the Travel Channel show The Dead Files has done an episode on it all called The Watcher.

In recent years, Paso Robles has been a quaint, historic town known mostly for its many vineyards and wineries and its burgeoning beer brewery industry more than anything else, but the Pine Street Saloon still stands, having become a major music venue in modern times, despite its reputation as an intensely haunted place. Indeed, the town itself continues to be a major tourist hotspot, and the saloon has become a haven for people looking to enjoy spirits in one form or another. It seems that the history of this place and its often violent underbelly may have some part to play in the hauntings here, but it still leaves one to wonder why these spirits might remain tethered to this place. Whether there are any real ghosts at the Pine Street Saloon or not, it is certainly something to keep one's eye out for if you are ever in town for a drink

Another decidedly mysterious place imbued with the paranormal, situated in the vast state of Texas, is an area in Crosby County, near where the eastern edge of the Panhandle hits the Red River, where there is a lake called Blanco Canyon Reservoir. Into this reservoir juts a small peninsula, a rocky, grassy plateau that was once called simply “The holding point on the North Blanco,” with the North Blanco being the old name for the White River. The area was a bit precarious due to its steep 200-foot drop-off into a sheer cliff, but this was what made it a popular place for passing ranchers to hold herds while they rested, due to the fact that the cliffs served as a sort of natural fence, and there was ample grass and water at the top. A herd could just be plopped there for a while without having to worry too much about it, with none of the animals willingly toppling over the precipice to their deaths.

This all worked out quite nicely for a while, and trail bosses made this a frequent stop, but in the late 1800s, there was a series of very bizarre events that would cast a sinister light on this place, and earn it the rather ominous nickname “Stampede Mesa.” It all allegedly started one day in the fall of 1889, when a cattle herd was brought here by some trail bosses, but they were disappointed to see that someone had built a brand new homestead right there upon the most prime grazing land. As they tried to figure out what to do and how to reroute the herd, an ominous storm began to rise up out of nowhere, with black clouds quickly rolling out over what had been a totally clear sky not long before, and the rumble of thunder became increasingly louder as flashes of lightning flickered across the darkening landscape.

The main trail boss, a man named Sawyer, decided that he did not feel much like taking the several hours it would have taken to regroup the herd and lead them around the mesa, not in the face of the brewing storm, so he got it into his head to just drive the cattle straight through the homestead. Aided by the booming claps of thunder and the lightning lashing across the sky, Sawyer fired his pistol into the air, waved a blanket, and made as much noise as he could to conjure up a stampede. This worked, and the over 1,000 steers in his care bolted in a mass of heaving panic straight through the homestead, crushing everything in its wake and leaving several innocent people dead.

The problem was, the cattle did not stop with the utter annihilation of the homestead, and indeed did not stop at all, racing right over the mesa to go careening off of the cliffs on the other side. When the dust cleared, the wake of destruction led to almost all of the steers lying dead and dashed upon the rocks below, as well as a few of Sawyer's men, their horses taken over by the same senseless panic as the cattle. Undeterred, Sawyer ordered the few hundred remaining cattle to be rounded up and driven on to their destination, without so much as a proper burial for his ranch hands or innocent homestead occupants who had died in the chaos, simply leaving them there strewn about and smashed on the rocks to rot. Because of his reckless abandon and cold-heartedness, it was said that Sawyer never got work as a trail boss ever again and ended up vanishing without a trace.

The area became known as Stampede Mesa, and whether it was because of all of this darkness and death or not, the place became known for being intensely haunted. Indeed, the very following season, another group of cattle-pokes were out on the mesa when, for no reason at all, their entire herd suddenly bolted in unison for the cliffs and went recklessly pouring right over to their deaths, along with several ranch hands. According to the tales, this happened again and again, with sudden storms that sprang up out of nowhere often reported, and in some cases, even the presence of spectral entities. One cowboy at the time, named Lon Schuyler, had an account that was shared on the site Texas Escapes, claiming that he had seen mysterious wraith-like beings described as “ghost cows” up on the mesa in 1902, after heading there despite all of the ghostly rumors already swirling at the time. He would say of the whole bizarre experience thus:

“Spring of aught-two, it was. Me an' a pal a mine, feller named George Ramp, I think that was his last name, we signed on for a Injun-beef drive goin' plumb to Montana. Got up on the North Blanco, the boss says 'We a-gonna hold on the point.’ Let me tell you, 'bout half the crew drew their time right then. Me an' George, though, we was fulla piss an' vinegar, an' wasn't no spook story gonna scare us. Them ol' hands, they told us we was crazy if we stayed, but we done it anyway.

 Me an' George, we drew second watch-that's from 'bout ten in the evenin' to 'bout two in the mornin'. We decided we'd ride double circle-one of us goin' round the herd one way, one goin' the other, so we'd cross twice durin' each round an' if we seen anything peculiar we could warn each other. It was right on toward midnight, by the way the dipper was settin'. I was on the east side. That's when them things started comin' outa the brush. Looked like cows, but not like no cows I ever saw. They was plumb white-white as milk. They didn't make no sound atall. An' then didn't look like they walked. They just sorta floated by.

Now, I was ridin' a claybank gelding, one of the steadiest horses I ever had. Never knew that horse to shy at anything afore, but he sure didn't want nothin' to do with them things. Trouble was, we couldn't get 'way from 'em. They was everywhere. I hit at one with my hand an' it just went in. Felt like hittin' into cold smoke, 's what it felt like. I hollered real loud 'Look out, George, they gonna run!' an' sure 'nough, they did. George, he was on the west side, an' he taken his lariat an' commenced to hittin' the leaders on their noses, tryin' to turn 'em. Don't never let nobody tell you you can turn a herd by shootin' in front of 'em. All that does is scare 'em worse an' make 'em run faster.

Well, the fellers that wasn't out there with me an' George, all they had to do was pull their boots on an' grab saddled horses. While we did lose 'bout two hunderd head we managed to turn 'em into a mill an' keep the rest from goin' over the side.That trailboss, he come up to me a-hollerin'. 'Goddammit, Lon,' he says, 'it was your holler started that run! I oughta pull you off that horse an' stomp your head in.'

Now, George, he wasn't a cussin' sorta feller. Oh, he'd say 'Hell' or 'damn' ever' now an' then, but he wasn't a big cusser. He laid into that trailboss, an' I swear he called him ever'thing but a white man. When he got through he told that feller 'If Lon hadn't hollered when he did, I'd be down there with them cows. We was up here, you wasn't. That wasn't no low-flyin' nighthawk or a rabbit or a possum loose in the herd. We seen them things. They was ghosts-cow ghosts. An' we're a-drawin' our time right now, 'cause neither one of us is damnfool 'nough to keep workin' for a damnfool like you. An' we're gonna tell ever'body we run into, all the way back to Lampasas County, just what kinda damnfool you are, holdin' a herd on Stampede Mesa.' We done it, too, an' that feller never bossed another herd.”

Other phenomena that were reported over the years at Stampede Mesa include apparitions of the ghosts of cowboys, sometimes atop glowing spectral mounts, ghostly horses wandering about, and the bizarre sight of ghostly stampedes flickering and playing out in the clouds above. There were also reports of the disembodied sounds of stampedes when nothing was there, shrieks and screams, and anomalous lights. The reputation of Stampede Mesa as being a haunted, accursed place grew to the point that cattle ranchers began to avoid the area altogether, and the herds that once wandered about this mesa dried up.

In later days, many of these phenomena persist, and this has come to build a reputation as one of the most haunted places in Texas. The tale has gone on to become the inspiration for the song Ghost Riders in the Sky, by Stan Jones, which has gone on to be recorded by the likes of Burl Ives, Bing Crosby, Peggy Lee, Spike Jones, Dick Dale, Tom Jones, Elvis Presley, Johnny Cash, and others, and this would influence The Doors in their song Riders of the Storm. It is indeed the most oft-recorded Western song of all time, and the story is also supposedly even the inspiration for the Marvel Comics character Ghost Rider.

There is every chance that this all was born of eerie legend, but the fact remains that even to this day, there are various paranormal phenomena reported from the area. Is this all due to some evil force inhabiting this mesa? Is it the ghosts of that fateful stampede instigated by the mad Sawyer over a century ago? Or is it just a spooky myth that has grown to take on a life of its own? No matter what the answers may be, there are places in this world that draw to themselves such stories, and Stampede Mesa holds its place among them.

Moving along from haunted places, we come to various wraiths, demons, and other paranormal entities said to roam the Wild West. Our first tale here comes from the badlands of the U.S. state of South Dakota, where the rugged landscape looks very much as it always has. Looking out over the bleak canyons and jagged peaks of this place, it is easy to imagine one is still in the days of the Wild West, and if the legends are to be believed, some entities are here as they have always been. According to the book Myths and Legends of Our Own Land, by Charles M. Skinner (1852-1907), there is a vengeful spirit that roams this desolate land and strikes fear into the hearts of all who encounter her.

One of the many stories of the area is that there is a lone figure of a ghostly woman who lurks about a lonely butte called “Watch Dog.” Here she has been said to appear since the time of cowboys and Indians and settlers heading west, always by moonlight upon this bleak hill. The phantom is said to approach parties passing through and stand there merely staring, as if waiting for someone to talk to her, yet when someone tries to call out to her, she will throw her arms into the air and unleash an unearthly, ear-piercing shriek that echoes about for miles and leaves the stunned party in terror. The banshee will then vanish to leave those present in a state of bewildered fear, the silence of the night crashing back down upon them once again. 

On some occasions, the entity is seen with a companion in the form of a fleshless skeleton, which is said to approach camps in which music is playing, only to ghoulishly sit at the flickering edges of the campfire between light and shadow, bobbing its head to the tune. It is said that if one is to give the apparition an instrument to play, it will do so with breathtaking skill before vanishing into the night, although it is said that this music has a hypnotizing quality and that the skeleton will sometimes try to lead people away into the wilderness to vanish themselves. If one becomes too enamored with this music, they are also said to go insane, and it is best not to offer the skeleton a chance to play at all.

The butte itself is apparently shunned by cattle and wildlife, and making it even weirder is that orbs of light and strange electrical phenomena are known to frequent the hill. No one really seems to know what these spirits are. For some, the woman is the victim of an Indian raid or a murder victim. The skeleton has been said to be the spirit of a cowboy who died in the middle of a song he was never able to finish. No one really knows, but the legend has remained, and those who know of it will still give Watch Dog butte a wide berth.

Similarly, a very well-known tale of wailing ghosts featured in folklore originates in Latin America, Mexico, and the American Southwest, in particular Arizona and New Mexico, and concerns the sinister entity called La Llorona, or “The Weeping Woman.” The dark tale of this tragic figure has many variations and permutations depending on the geographical region, but they generally begin with a village woman who was renowned for her stunning beauty. The woman, in many tales referred to as Maria, is said to have fallen in love with a handsome visiting gentleman who had been entranced by her comeliness, and the two married to go on and have two children. 

However, the marriage devolved rather quickly due to the fact that the husband was an unrepentant womanizer, and also tended to ignore her when they were at home in favor of playing with their children. Things came to a head when, in later years, her husband found a younger mistress, and by all accounts, Maria did not take this well. According to the tale, she became insanely jealous and went about viciously drowning her two young children in a river, before finding some lucidity and regretting her actions. Depending on the version of the story, she then either chases them along the river and drowns trying to retrieve them, or commits suicide by joining them in their watery grave. The lore has it that she was then doomed to wander the earth eternally looking for and crying out for her children, and that she could not rest until they were found.

La Llorona is usually described as an apparition of a woman dressed in white, often with a veil over her face, most often seen prowling the shores of lonely rivers or lakes and shouting out for her children, screaming, and sobbing uncontrollably. Many versions of the tale state that to hear her cry is a portent of incoming death or tragedy, which is very similar to the stories of the Banshee, and she is also said to kidnap children and drown them in a pantomime of her murder of her own children. The story has become one of the most popular spooky tales of Latin America, and has been made into countless books, art, poetry, theatre, literary films, and TV shows. While it seems to be mostly pure legend and myth, the tale is a pervasive one, and there are many people in many Hispanic countries and the U.S. Southwest who have claimed to have encountered the spirit, and it is undeniably one of the more famous tales of a wailing spirit.

From the rough wilderness of Mount Superstition in Arizona comes the tale of a tribe of little people who are said to have once inhabited the area. These dwarves were said to stand around 3 feet tall, and while they were mostly peaceful, they were on constant guard against their enemies, the Apache and the Zuni. The story here goes that one day, a group of Zuni warriors was approaching the hill that the dwarves occupied, and since this meant nothing but trouble, the little people began preparations to defend against the imminent attack. On this occasion, the Zuni were coming here to take away a companion the dwarves had made, a pale woman with long, flowing white hair who the Zuni claimed was a witch who had escaped to avoid marrying their chief. When the little people refused to hand her over, the Zuni made preparations to attack, amassing a force of 700 warriors.

According to the tale, the Zuni rushed in expecting a decisive victory against the little people, but they were met by the visage of the pale woman standing before them defiantly, wearing a white robe, her hair blowing in the wind, and completely unafraid of the invading force. The warriors paused only for a moment before approaching their prize with no resistance from the dwarves, who cowered behind rocks and in caves. It is said that as the wave of warriors rushed closer, the pale woman casually emptied an earthen jar onto the parched earth, and sparks, lightning bolts, and balls of fire began to erupt from all around them, striking down the Zuni warriors and sending them careening off cliffs. Seeing their companions dropping dead all around in this intense display of fire and lightning, the remaining Zuni fled. It is said that the Apaches also tried to invade the hill and were similarly driven back by the powerful magic of this mysterious witch woman, who came to be known as “Pale Faced Lightning.” It is said that the dwarves were then left in peace with their guardian savior, and that the ghost of the sorceress still haunts the Superstitious Mountains to this day.

Another area of the Old West with its share of spooky stories is a place called Spring Canyon, in Carbon County, Utah. The landscape here is littered with decrepit, feral ghost towns baking and crumbling under the sun and years, a place of abandoned mines and the ruins of the past. Yet this was once a prosperous, thriving mining community. With the opening of the remote area in the 1880s, due to the building of a route through here by the Denver & Rio Grande Western Railroad, coal was soon discovered, and the area saw an influx of settlers, mostly miners. This fueled a boom in mines, mining camps, and settlements throughout the rugged hills of the area. In its heyday, there were thousands of people living here, but there was something else more insidious lurking here as well.

Over the years, the miners began to come back with stories of a mysterious, spectral woman wearing a flowing white dress, who they would encounter down in the gloomy murk of the mines. This Lady in White was apparently not benevolent, as she was said to be the cause of mine and tunnel collapses, and was blamed for miners who went missing without a trace. The phantom woman was said to have the power to beguile and enthrall the men who looked upon her, and would try to lead them further into the dank tunnels, from which they would never return, and many miners refused to go into the mines alone. It does not seem to be clear who this ghost is supposed to be, but what is known is that even after the coal boom ended and the towns and mines were allowed to be reclaimed by the wilderness, the White Lady is still said to wander about calling out to anyone who will listen, and there are sporadic sightings of her to this day.

Other entities supposedly roam the badlands as well. In the mid-1800s, the state of Texas was a lawless, forsaken place, a den of outlaws and murderers, as well as aggressive Native tribes out for blood, all of them prowling the desolate, dusty landscape of the wilds to ruthlessly prey on the unwary. Even more dangerous than the state as a whole was a swath of land sitting between the Rio Grande River and the Nueces River, which was an area disputed by the governments of the United States and Mexico. Since Mexico recognized the border as being the Nueces to the north, while America saw the border as being traditionally the Rio Grande river to the south, it made the area into a sort of no-man’s land that attracted to it the very worst of the worst. Indeed, the area became so riddled with killers, bandits, cattle rustlers, and thugs that the government had it patrolled by a group of hardened men called the Texas Rangers, composed of toughened vigilantes sometimes almost as violent as the men they hunted down.

Two of these rangers were a man named Creed Taylor, a veteran of the Texas War for Independence, and fellow war hero and folk legend William Alexander Anderson “Big Foot” Wallace, who owned their own ranches along just south of San Antonio. One of the villains haunting the area was a bandit and cattle rustler known as Vidal, and in 1850 he had his eye on the horses and cattle of several of the ranches along the Rio Grande and indeed all over south Texas. In daring raids, he managed to snag a good number of prized mustangs from some of these ranches, earning himself a “Dead or Alive” bounty on his head, but unbeknownst to him he had also stolen from both Taylor and Wallace, who had been off fighting a Comanche raid and so had not been able to defend against the bandit. Unfortunately for Vidal, these were two hard men who would not take kindly to outlaws stealing their horses and were trained to hunt down just the sort of scum who had done it, and this is exactly what they set out to do.

The two rangers were well aware of who Vidal was and had no illusions that their horses had been stolen by anyone other than the nearly legendary horse rustler, and so they gathered up a posse to go out for a little frontier justice. The trail led them out over a desolate, forbidding moonscape of wilderness with banditos and Comanche warriors lurking everywhere and danger always around the corner, but the skilled trackers were able to manage to find Vidal’s camp in short order. After an intense exchange of gunfire, Vidal and his henchmen were shot down in a rain of bullets, but Taylor and Wallace were not done yet, and this is where the grim legend of the headless horseman would have its origins.

Wanting to make a bold and bloody statement to other bandits who would raid ranches in the no-man’s land, Taylor and Wallace went about chopping Vidal’s head off and strapping his headless corpse tightly to his horse. When the macabre deed was done, it appeared as if Vidal was riding his mount minus a head, and satisfied that it was a chilling enough warning to other outlaws, the two rangers sent the horse out into the wilderness with its morbid, ghoulish passenger on its back. It did not take long at all for frightened ranchers and travelers to start reporting the “phantom” headless rider, whose appearance only got more horrific as decay and the elements did their work on the corpse, and Vidal in death gained the name El Muerto, “The Dead One.” He was variously seen as being an omen of disaster or death, a harbinger of misfortune, and even a demon, sometimes described with flourishes such as that the horse shot fire from its nostrils or lightning from its hooves, and the rumors spread far and wide.

El Muerto would be sporadically sighted wandering about the wilderness for years before one day, when, according to the tale, the horse either died of natural causes or was killed by ranchers near a watering hole. The by now desiccated, skeletal corpse was then pried from its bindings and unceremoniously buried in an unmarked grave at Rancho La Trinidad, near present Ben Bolt in Jim Wells County. One would think that would have been the end of El Muerto, yet although he was no longer a physical presence, the legend was far from over. People now began seeing a ghostly phantom horse with Vidal still headless and riding atop it, sometimes heard to scream out, “It is mine. It is all mine!” as he rides past, often vanishing into thin air. The phantom El Muerto has supposedly been seen all the way up to the present day, most commonly in Duval, Jim Wells, and Live Oak counties, and there is even a place called Headless Horseman Hill, said to be one of the specter’s favorite haunts.

Is this just a spooky campfire story and urban legend, or is there anything more to it? It is known that Creed Taylor and Bigfoot Wallace were real historical figures, but it is unknown if they really killed and beheaded a bandit to send his corpse careening through the wilds without a head. It also isn't exactly clear how much veracity the reports over the years of a ghostly decapitated rider have, whether they are real or just a propagation of the legend and myth. Whatever the case may be, it is a suitably spooky tale that manages to meld real history with a paranormal chill, and although we may never have answers, it will probably still do the rounds for some time to come.

Finally, we have the weird tale of the Red Ghost of Arizona. The whole tale can probably best be traced back to the spring of 1883, when two women and their families were living at a humble cottage near a place called Eagle Creek. On this dark evening, the women were at home alone, watching their young children, the men off on an errand. This was a tense time, as the Native general Geronimo and his warriors had recently passed through, leaving death in their wake, so, understandably, the families waited eagerly for the return of the fathers, ever vigilant for an attack at any time. At some point, as they sat there in the darkness awaiting the return of the fathers and wary of any Native warriors who might come around to kill them, one of the mothers went out to fetch water from a nearby well. It was to be a quick errand, but as soon as she left, the family dogs reportedly began raising a ruckus, howling and barking at nothing in particular, and as the woman was out there on her chore, there was the sudden sound of screams, moans, and chaos. She never came back.

The other woman who went to the window to peer out into the gloomy darkness and said she witnessed something enormous and red “ridden by the devil” go galloping by. It was all so terrifying that instead of going out to investigate, the remaining mother barricaded the doors and waited for help to come, with it being unknown just what had happened out there with that red demon or whether the other woman had survived at all. It was not until the men returned that they would discover what had happened, venturing out into the night to find the body of the woman who had gone to get water. Strangely, her corpse was battered and broken almost beyond recognition, as if she had been viciously trampled by some monstrous beast, surrounded by mysterious footprints far larger than any horse and some wisps of reddish hair adorning the brush. Although it was suspected that someone had murdered her, the hysterical woman who had seen the beast said that the ferocious red monster and ghostly rider she had seen must have been behind the death, and it was officially classified as “death in some manner unknown.” However, this would not be the last appearance of the “Red Ghost.”

In the days after this tragic incident at the cottage, there would begin to trickle in reports from prospectors of seeing an immense, red cloven-footed creature prowling the wilderness, often with glowing eyes and a phantom rider, and some of these encounters proved to be rather harrowing indeed. In one instance, a miner told of seeing the beast vanish into thin air, and another swore that he had seen it kill a bear. Others said it would kill horses without provocation. One well-publicized account was made by a group of miners who were purportedly accosted in their tent by something very large, and when one dared to look outside, they saw an “impossibly tall horse,” which let out an unearthly wail and ran off into the night. The creature had destroyed the tent and left enormous hoof prints twice the size of those of a horse, as well as a path of trampled brush and red hairs behind.

Many of these stories began to take on an almost urban legend feel to them, spooky tall tales whispered around the campfire, each more fantastical than the last, and the Red Ghost, also known as the Fantasia Colorado, became almost legendary in a short period of time. It was seen as a demonic beast atop which rode a skeletal specter, a monstrosity from Hell itself, and it was greatly feared. As mythical as this all seemed, one terrifying account would come forward to give it all a little more weight and a possible explanation. In this case, the witness was a well-respected, wealthy local rancher by the name of Cyrus Hamblin, who on this day was out rounding up cattle in an area near a place called Salt River when he had his brush with the odd. At one point, he was surveying a deep ravine when he claimed that he had spotted a large reddish creature moving through the dense chaparral, which, considering the scary stories of the Red Ghost, was rather alarming at first. However, as the beast made its way into the open, Hamblin saw that it appeared to be something almost as unexpected as a ghost- a camel.

He tried to creep closer to get a better look at the animal, and would report that it had seemed to have something on its back, which looked to be the dead body of a man, although he couldn’t be sure. In the meantime, the Red Ghost continued to be sighted, with many of these reports still maintaining that it was some sort of supernatural beast or demon, which could vanish at will and was not afraid to ruthlessly attack those who wandered too close. A few weeks after Hamblin’s encounter, a group of prospectors said they came across the creature near the valley of the Verde River. In this case, the miners were armed, and they claimed to have fired in unison at the thing, but that it had been impervious to their bullets. As it ran off, it dropped something from whatever was perched on its back, and when the prospectors took a look, it was found to be “a human skull with a few shreds of flesh and hair still clinging to it.”

Although it is unknown who this poor soul had been, the more superstitious claimed that this was yet another victim of the marauding monster, but in reality, it probably was a camel rider who had died from the elements, his corpse withering away as his beast of burden wandered these badlands. It might seem strange that there should be a camel rider out in Arizona, but it would not be beyond the realm of possibility, as the U.S. had at one point created a Camel Corps in 1855, using the animals to help the Army operate in the forbidding desert landscape of the American Southwest.

Camels were seen as perfectly adapted to this harsh frontier, and their ability to carry far more weight than horses or mules made them particularly useful. A contingent of camels was then imported and trained by the Army, and the whole thing was so promising that the War Department added funding and their full support behind the project, but it was an experiment that would ultimately fail. The animals were just too unruly and too alien to most handlers for them to really catch on as a viable alternative to horses. Most ranchers regarded them as foul-tempered, kicking, biting, spitting abominations who did not want them anywhere near their land, and cavalrymen did not care too much for them either. The whole project was disbanded in 1863, with the camels auctioned off, left abandoned at scattered military outposts, or in some cases even just released into the wild.

The use of camels became somewhat invigorated when miners continued to use them, switching to the two-humped Bactrian variety rather than the one-humped dromedary type that the Army had used. However, these camels were no better behaved than the others, and were widely mistreated, leading to incidents of the camels fighting back and even trampling their owners to death. Once again, many of these camels were abandoned or left to the elements, lost and forgotten. It is thought that those that did make it into the wild probably eventually died, but there is the chance that some could have survived, and indeed, there were camels being sighted in the southwest well into the 1900s, with reports coming in from as late as the 1960s. Could it be that one of these camels, made aggressive by years of mistreatment by its human handlers, could have been The Red Ghost?

The mystery of the Red Ghost became even more interesting when the skull and remains that had fallen from its back were more carefully examined, and it was determined that the strips of rawhide used to fasten them had been tied in such a way that suggested that the dead man had been intentionally fastened to its back by someone else, although whether he was still alive at the time or not is unclear. In an article in The Mojave County Miner, it was written:

"The only question is whether the man was tied on for revenge or merely as an ugly piece of humor by someone who had a camel and a corpse for which he had no use."

Who had this man been, and why had he been tied to the back of a camel? No one knows. Interestingly, reports of the Red Ghost continued, with ranchers and miners frequently reporting that they had been attacked by the beast, and although it was beginning to be widely regarded as a possibly violent camel on the loose, there were still reports that painted a picture of something more supernatural. One such account came from some prospectors camping out along the shores of the Verde River, when they said they had been awoken by an earth-shattering, piercing scream. They claimed that a red-haired monstrosity at least thirty feet long and with massive pitch black wings had then swooped down from the sky to land with a resounding crash that knocked some wagons over and sent men running in terror. They said that when they had warily returned to the camp in the morning, the camp had been utterly trashed and littered with huge cloven footprints and red hairs.

Was this just a tall tale to build on the pervasive legend of the Red Ghost, or was there something more demonic operating out there in the desert and being confused with the escaped camel? Whatever the case may be, the creature was seen for years, eventually losing its macabre load on its back, and sightings slowly evaporated until it was rarely seen at all. The last reported official encounter of the Red Ghost was carried in the February 25, 1893 edition of the Mohave County Miner, which reads:

"Another ghost is laid. Another of the tribe of gaunt hobgoblins that keep the romance of the mysterious southern deserts is gone. Another of the unearthly dangers that the timid Mexican women used to pray against has departed. Mizoo Hastings of Ore was the priest that exorcised this phantom. Mizoo has a ranch a little above the gold camp on the San Francisco River. He woke up one morning and saw through the window of his cabin a big red camel banqueting in his turnip patch. Mizoo took a dead rest on the window sill and blazed away. He got the camel. When he went out to examine the beast, he found that he was all scarred up and had evidently had a very hard time. He was covered with a perfect network of knotted rawhide strips. They had been on him so long that some of the strands had cut their way into the flesh."

This was the official end of the Red Ghost saga, but the tales and unconfirmed reports continued, either because there was something else out there or because the real camel had become intertwined with a pervasive, evolving legend. Was it just a camel that killed that woman and was behind all of the strange tales and reports? Who was the body upon its back, and what had doomed him to such a fate? In the end, it is all a rather colorful historical tale, likely weird history tinted with campfire tales, myth-building, and a dose of sensationalist newspaper articles. Regardless, it is a damn strange little historical oddity, whatever the case may be.

As you can see, such tales as we have looked at here certainly put the “Wild” into the Wild West. What are we to make of these stories? Is there anything to these tales besides spooky lore and creepy campfire stories? Are these tall tales, or is there maybe something more to them, a peek into some very unique supernatural phenomena? Whatever the case may be, these are all truly spooky tales that show that the Wild West has its share of creepy horror stories. 

{ https://mysteriousuniverse.org/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:49 Stuur door

Strange Tales of Real Immortals

Strange Tales of Real Immortals

Strange Tales of Real Immortals

Human kind, indeed, all living things have always been tethered to aging and death. For all of our mastery of technology and medical knowledge, it is an inevitable, inescapable fate for us to grow old and die. For thousands of years, there have been those who would avert this creeping certainty of aging, who would break the cycle of deterioration, death, and decay. The quest for a way to remain young forever has consumed mankind throughout history, and if some stories are to be believed, there are those among us who have managed to achieve this. 

One such strange, supposedly immortal individual called New Orleans his home in the early 1900s, and by some accounts was more than merely an eccentric, but also an immortal vampire. The setting for this odd tale is the city of New Orleans, Louisiana, in the early 1900s, when one day a mysterious stranger came to town to take up residence at an opulent home at 1039 Royal Street. The stranger called himself Jacques St. Germain and immediately made an indelible impression with his dashing good looks, charming demeanor, and obvious wealth. Indeed, he was known to splash about money as if it were nothing to him and came to be known for holding lavish parties at his luxurious home, where he would entertain high society’s rich and elite. It was not long before this stranger was the talk of the town, yet no one really had any idea of where he had come from, nor much about him at all other than that he spoke both French, English, and Spanish fluently, and that he was well-traveled, talking excitedly of his trips to far-flung places throughout the world but giving very little personal information about himself. 

It didn’t seem to matter, though, as the handsome socialite was so rich and charming, beguiling even, that people overlooked it. As time went on, Jacque’s eccentricities began to come through. He was rarely seen during daylight hours, and it was noticed that during his conversations, he would often slip into talking about events in the far past with such familiarity and with such a sentimental cast to his expression that it gave people the unsettling feeling that he had actually been present at these events, despite them lying sometimes centuries in the past. He also began to make bold claims that he was a direct descendant of the late Comte de St. Germain, who was a mysterious European adventurer, philosopher, and prominent member of high society in the 1700s, as well as a personal friend and diplomat of King Louis the XV.

This was all taken with a grain of salt, and most took it to be said in jest, merely entertaining banter, but there were others who noticed that Jacques actually did bear a striking resemblance to Comte de St. Germain, and seemed to behave very much the same as well. Rumors began to swirl, and before long, there were whispers that not only was Jacques related to Comte de St. Germain, but that they were one in the same, this even though he had died in 1784. Nevertheless, there was speculation that Jacques had somehow achieved immortality, an idea bolstered by the fact that Comte de St. Germain was often said to be immortal, always appearing to be around the same age in all of his portraits, about 40, which was incidentally the same age as the mysterious Jacques, and he had been sighted throughout the centuries looking as young as ever.

On top of all of his other idiosyncrasies and his uncanny resemblance to his claimed ancestor, this led to suspicion that Jacques was perhaps actually an immortal, and had merely changed his identity from Comte de St. Germain upon moving to New Orleans. This was bolstered by the fact that Comte de St. Germain had often made bold claims that he was hundreds of years old and had found an elixir of everlasting life, on top of other bold and mysterious proclamations, with the famous Italian author, adventurer, and great historical womanizer Giacomo Girolamo Casanova himself once writing of Comte St. Germain in his memoir, thus:

“This extraordinary man, intended by nature to be the king of impostors and quacks, would say in an easy, assured manner that he was three hundred years old, that he knew the secret of the Universal Medicine, that he possessed a mastery over nature, that he could melt diamonds, professing himself capable of forming, out of ten or twelve small diamonds, one large one of the finest water without any loss of weight. All this, he said, was a mere trifle to him. Notwithstanding his boastings, his bare-faced lies, and his manifold eccentricities, I cannot say I thought him offensive. In spite of my knowledge of what he was and in spite of my own feelings, I thought him an astonishing man as he was always astonishing me.”

Another oddity that Jacques shared with Comte de St. Germain was that, although he threw decadent feasts and seemed to revel in people gorging themselves on food in his presence, he never seemed to actually eat anything himself. He was said to merely talk and observe, sometimes drinking from a chalice of wine, but never actually eating any of the food on display. This oddly mirrors an unusual observation made of Comte de St. Germain by Casanova, who said of him:

“The most enjoyable dinner I had was with Madame de Robert Gergi, who came with the famous adventurer, known by the name of the Count de St. Germain. This individual, instead of eating, talked from the beginning of the meal to the end, and I followed his example in one respect as I did not eat, but listened to him with the greatest attention. It may safely be said that as a conversationalist he was unequalled.”

All of this led to people half-jokingly suggesting that Jacques was not only immortal and actually Comte de St. Germain, but possibly even a vampire, although some people seem to have steadily grown to accept this as more than just a joke. Jacques St. Germain, of course, got wind of the rumors and seemed to get great amusement from it, enjoying stoking the gossip by neither admitting nor denying anything. It all seemed like a game to him, and only served to fuel the fires of the rumors.

This might have been where the whole story ended, with Jacques St. Germain merely remembered as an eccentric, rich playboy, if it weren’t for an odd incident that struck a few months after coming to New Orleans. One evening, a woman was witnessed dropping to the street from one of St. Germain’s upper-floor windows, with onlookers saying she had jumped. The woman, a prostitute, survived the fall but was described as being absolutely terrified by something she had seen up in that house. Things got even stranger when she was questioned by police, during which time she claimed that the reason she had jumped was that St. Germain had tried to ferociously bite her neck, causing her to fight him off with all of her might and fly into a panic, jumping out of that window to escape.

Despite this rather dramatic testimony, St. Germain laughed it off, and was a well-respected member of high society by that time, and the police told him that everything could be worked out the following morning. No one thought at all that he could have been guilty of what he was accused of, and it was thought that the woman, a lowly prostitute in their eyes, was on drugs or insane. The authorities explained to him that his coming in for questioning was merely a formality and that everything would quickly be sorted out. St. Gemain then pleasantly and politely accepted, wished the officers a good evening, and closed the door. It would be the last anyone ever saw of him.

When the next morning came around, the police patiently waited for St. Germain to arrive, but he never did. Still not thinking him guilty of anything other than a poor choice of prostitutes, they nevertheless went to his residence to see what was going on. The house was found to still hold most of St. Germain’s belongings, large amounts of valuables, and all of his furniture. The second floor of the residence was supposedly murky and heavily curtained, and as the police pushed into the gloom, they allegedly made a macabre discovery of numerous bottles containing a mixture of wine and human blood. Of the missing St. Germain, there was no sign, and he would indeed never be seen again, disappearing into the night to leave raging rumors and all of that blood behind.

With this strange and rather grim discovery, coupled with the sudden and mysterious disappearance of Jacques St. Germain, the rumors of immortality and vampires quickly went from a sort of joke to very serious indeed, and the legend took off as those who had looked at these ideas with skepticism suddenly were faced with the realization that something very weird was going on indeed. People were now convinced that not only were Comte St. Germain and Jacques St. Germain the same, but that he was an actual, real-life vampire.

Many things went into such wild reasoning. Why did they look so exactly alike? Indeed, there were also many similarities in both their personas and demeanors. Both were eccentric, rich ladies' men with a penchant for engaging conversation and spinning fantastical yarns, and both were well-learned world travelers. It seemed too much to be a coincidence. Why was he seen almost always in the evening hours, and why was he never seen eating anything at his own luscious feasts? How was it that he knew such details about events hundreds of years before, and why did he speak of these things as if he were there seeing them with his own eyes? Why was he so secretive with his personal information, and most importantly of all, why did he have bottles and bottles of blood in a darkened room? No one had a clue, but it all added up to paint a very odd picture.

This theory was further fueled by the fact that, although Comte de St. Germain is considered to have been a real person, his actual history is rather murky and ill-defined, making him quite the mysterious figure indeed, ripe for fitting him into all of the madness. Very little is known about the man himself, where he came from, or even when and where he was born, or what his true name really was. This is partly because he changed identities and titles so often, but also because he was a social chameleon and considered to be a very skilled and accomplished liar in all things. One Lady Jemima Yorke once said of him.

“He is an Odd Creature, and the more I see him the more curious I am to know something about him. He is everything with everybody: he talks Ingeniously with Mr Wray, Philosophy with Lord Willoughby, and is gallant with Miss Yorke, Miss Carpenter, and all the Young Ladies. But the Character and Philosopher is what he seems to pretend to, and to be a good deal conceited of: the Others are put on to comply with Les Manieres du Monde, but that you are to suppose his real characteristic; and I can't but fancy he is a great Pretender in All kinds of Science, as well as that he really has acquired an uncommon Share in some.”

Put this all together, and it is very difficult to pin down any concrete information on him at all, making him almost like a literary character rather than a real person, and allowing people, in retrospect, to make up all kinds of wild tales about him as they see fit. There were also the many accounts of Comte de St. Germain being very skilled in many areas of the arts and sciences, far beyond what would be expected from someone having lived only one lifetime, his declaring himself to be hundreds of years old, as well as much testimony that he was an actual alchemist. There are quite a few unverified accounts of him turning metal to gold or creating perfect diamonds from impure ones, and even when he was officially alive, there were rumors that he had used these powers to prolong his own life, perhaps indefinitely. Indeed, there were many who claimed that over the years, he had not noticeably aged at all. 

This caused rumors that he had never really died at all, only moving on to take on another identity, perhaps even to New Orleans. Combine this with the enigmatic nature of Jacques St. Germain, all of the striking similarities, the mysterious crime, and his subsequent vanishing, as well as the bottles of blood, and you have a perfect storm for the creation of an eerie legend. Now it is quite possible that Jacques St. Germain was just what he seemed to be, merely an odd, rich fellow, nocturnal because of his hard-partying lifestyle, and that he had certain kinks, such as biting women’s necks and drinking wine mixed with blood, his freak flag flying high. Maybe he was afraid that he would be arrested, and that was why he skipped town, and his resemblance to Comte St. Germain was just a coincidence, but where’s the fun in that? Stories of ancient immortals and vampires are much more interesting, and this has caused the legend to grow.

In the end, although it is all a fascinating story, there is little to actually verify or substantiate any of it, which has indeed allowed it to become the pervasive legend it is today. Everything else has been obscured by murky history and countless retellings, making the truth evasive. The only thing we really know for sure is that both of these men were real and that they shared many similarities in both appearance and character. Other than that, we are left to wonder just who Comte de St. Germain really was and what connection he had to the mysterious Jacques St. Germain, if any. This probably is all merely a coincidence and misunderstanding colored by exaggeration, misinterpretation, and myth-making, but what if there really was an ageless vampire who made his way from the Old World to the New, to come calling at New Orleans? What if Comte de St. Germain really was an immortal, whether because of being a vampire or through some magical elixir of life? What if he is still out there now?

Another tale orbiting the topic of immortals is that of the seemingly mythical Fountain of Youth. The search for eternal youth and a fountain of youth is a frequent fixture of various myths and legends from around the world. One of the earliest accounts of such a place comes from the 5th century BC, when the Greek historian Herodotus wrote of a fountain in the land of the Macrobians, which gave the people of the region exceptionally long life spans. In the 3rd century AD, Alexander the Great was said to have searched for a fountain of youth, allegedly crossing a mythical land covered in eternal night called The Land of Darkness to reach it. The legendary Christian patriarch and king, Prester John, allegedly ruled over a land containing a similar fountain during the early Crusades in the 11th and 12th centuries AD. In Japan, stories of hot springs that can heal wounds and restore youth were also common and still are to this day.

During the Age of Exploration, when European global exploration took off in the 15th century AD, interest in such a mythical fountain of youth had not waned. The New World of the Americas began to be seen as a potential location for a fountain of eternal youth. The Caribbean, in particular, was considered a prime candidate, as many islanders spoke of a lost land of wealth and prosperity known as Bimini, which became entwined with the legend of a fountain of youth. The Fountain of Youth was a hot topic in those days. The Spanish historian, Lopez de Gomara, wrote of Indian accounts of a magical river, waterfall, or spring that could reverse aging and could be found in the lands north of Cuba and Haiti. Pietro Martire d’Anghiera, an Italian geographer living in Spain, in 1513 wrote of the fountain as well, saying:

“Among the islands of the north side of Hispaniola, about 325 leagues distant, as said by those who have searched for it, is a continual spring of flowing water of such marvelous virtue that the water thereof being drunk, perhaps with some diet, maketh old men young again”

During this era of exploration of the New World, it was indeed the Spanish who took a particular interest in such a mystical spring, after hearing widespread talk of Bimini and fountains of restorative waters from the Arawaks in Hispaniola, Cuba, and Puerto Rico. Florida was a land of many natural springs, and it was thought that one of these was the mystical Fountain of Youth of local legend.”

One name that has become inextricably linked to the quest for the Fountain of Youth is that of the Spanish explorer and conquistador Juan Ponce de León, who was the first governor of Puerto Rico and, in 1513, led the first European expeditions into what would become Florida. It was alleged that during his explorations of Florida, while looking to find lost gold and claim land for Spain, the explorer had the ulterior motive of finding the lost land of Bimini and thus the Fountain of Youth, which he was convinced existed. It was claimed that during his forays into Florida, the explorer would unofficially go off with a small contingent of men in an effort to locate the fountain.

Although Ponce de León became connected to and perhaps best known for his quest for the Fountain of Youth, it has long been debated as to just how much fact there is to this story. One of the problems lies in the fact that there are virtually no surviving records of the expeditions to Florida written by Ponce de León himself, and the fountain is not mentioned in any that do exist. Most accounts that we now have were actually written long after his death by native arrow in 1521. Nevertheless, historical references to the explorer’s obsession with the mythical fountain abound. One of the best sources of information on Ponce de León’s travels and search for the fountain is the writings of Antonio de Herrera y Tordesillas, who was the Chief Historian of the Indies in 1596. Amongst his accounts, Herrera wrote in his impressively titled record, Historia general de los hechos de los Castellanos en las islas y tierra firme del Mar Oceano, of Ponce de León’s quest:

“Juan Ponce overhauled his ships, and although it seemed to him that he had worked hard he decided to send out a ship to identify the Isla de Bimini even though he did not want to, for he wanted to do that himself. He had an account of the wealth of this island (Bimini) and especially that singular Fountain that the Indians spoke of, that turned men from old men into boys. He had not been able to find it because of the shoals and currents and contrary weather. He sent, then, Juan Pérez de Ortubia as captain of the ship and Antón de Alaminos as pilot. They took two Indians to guide them over the shoals… The other ship arrived and reported that Bimini had been found, but not the Fountain."

This seems intriguing, but considering that it was written over 70 years after the explorer’s death, one has to wonder how much veracity the account holds. This information could have been hearsay, and was probably second or third-hand information at best. An even earlier account in 1535, closer to Ponce de León’s death, was written by a court chronicler by the name of Gonzalo Fernández de Oviedo, in his book Historia General y Natural de las Indias, in which he mentions the explorer going off looking for the fountain using information gathered from the natives of the area. Oviedo’s report is difficult to take at face value for several reasons. It is said that the chronicler did not like Ponce de León and wrote the account in a way that suggests the explorer was trouncing off on a fool’s errand. In short, it is believed that the whole story written by Oviedo was an attempt to gain favor with the courts and was a political attack designed to discredit Ponce de León and basically make him look like an idiot. Oviedo even went as far as to suggest that Ponce de León’s quest for the fountain was part of a misguided attempt to cure his sexual impotency. Ouch. The political animosity between the two was understandable, since Oviedo was in with Diego Columbus, who had helped to push Ponce de León out of Puerto Rico and just so happened to be the son of none other than Christopher Columbus. Due to this underlying rivalry, it is hard to know how reliable Oviedo’s account is.

Other historical accounts also make mention of Ponce de León’s quest for the Fountain of Youth. In Francisco López de Gómara's Historia General de las Indias of 1551, the author describes Ponce de León’s search for the fountain. In 1575, the author Hernando D'Escalante Fontaneda wrote in his memoir that the Fountain of Youth was located in Florida and that the Spanish explorer had gone looking for it there. Fontaneda claimed to have been a prisoner of local natives for 17 years as a boy, and described the Indians as making use of a lost river that contained curative water, which he says Ponce de León was looking to find. Fontaneda’s account has a very skeptical feel to it, and the author seems to doubt that finding the fountain was the explorer’s first priority.

Although there is a certain romantic element to the idea of Ponce de León going off in search of fabled lands and mystical springs in the jungles of ancient Florida, it is uncertain if it ever happened at all. In the end, we are left with scattered historical documents that were written after Ponce de León’s death and none of which were written by the explorer himself, leaving his true intent and what really happened lost to the mists of time.

This uncertainty regarding the historical quest for the Fountain of Youth has not stopped the legend from enduring. Some even claim that the explorer was successful in his mission, indeed, possibly still alive somewhere out there, enjoying his perpetual youth. To this day, there is a spring said to be the actual one that Ponce de León was searching for in St. Augustine, Florida, which is said to be the oldest city in the U.S. The Fountain of Youth Archaeological Park in St. Augustine has become a popular tourist destination, where visitors can drink cups of water from the fabled spring. The park has seen various important archeological finds, such as an ancient cemetery and the ruins of missions dating back to the city’s founding. Although the site undoubtedly has historical value, the elderly people who come to visit in droves have yet to miraculously regain their youth, and it is doubtful if Ponce de León ever even set foot in St. Augustine.

Whether Ponce de León ever really did search for the Fountain of Youth, there have nevertheless been stories over the years of those who have claimed to have found it. In 1989, the author Charlie Carlson allegedly interviewed a man who claimed to be a member of a secret society that had located the Fountain of Youth and was tasked with protecting it. The interviewee claimed to be 93 years old, whereas Carlson described him as looking around 40. The man claimed that the fountain had been found sometime before 1845 and that it was his society’s duty to make sure that it remained secret from the world. This anonymous informant reportedly offered proof to back up his claims in the form of census records for all of the members who had lived past 110 years old, of which there were quite a few. Some had apparently lived to be up to 122 years old while appearing to be much younger. Although many had died in accidents such as drowning, against which the magical waters offered no protection, not a single one was found to have died of old age. Is there really a secret cabal of immortals out there who have drunk from the fountain and have pledged to eternally hide its secret? Nobody knows.

While in modern days it will likely be genetics and stem cells that lead to prolonged life, mankind’s quest for immortality is not new and has taken many forms through the centuries, with various elixirs, magical charms, and famous artifacts such as the Philosopher’s Stone all reputed to grant everlasting life. Perhaps in the case of Florida's Fountain of Youth, there may be such a place tucked away among the many springs that are to be found here. Whether it is there or not, it is intriguing to imagine such wonders, and there will be those who will search no matter what, enamored with the notion that it could be possible to live forever if only they could find it. Maybe there are even those who already have.

Lying off the southernmost point of Europe is the tiny, picturesque Greek island of Gavdos. It is an isolated speck of land jutting out of the Libyan Sea near its larger brother Crete, only about 30 square kilometers in size and sparsely populated, with more goats meandering around than people, all surrounded by azure waters inhabited by dolphins and myriad sea life. It is a place of stunning beauty and has been a magnet for people looking to get away from society and immerse themselves in this dream-like place. It is also the home of a mysterious group of people who claim immortality, and go about their enigmatic business amid the breathtaking scenery, far from prying eyes. In Greece, this has become a place of mystery and is known as the haunt of a secretive cabal of immortals.

To understand how this came to be, we have to go back to an at first seemingly unrelated and tragic event in history. One of the worst nuclear plant disasters ever recorded in history occurred in Ivankiv Raion, of northern Kiev Oblast, Ukraine, in the city of Pripyat, in what was at the time the Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic of the Soviet Union, near the border with Belarus. It was here where on 26 April 1986, a catastrophic nuclear accident occurred at the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant, which would claim the lives of 31 people, plus many more in later years, send radioactive material spewing all over the western USSR and Europe, clear the immediate region of most of its inhabitants, affect nearly 7 million people, and cause environmental and health problems that still echo through and affect the area today. Among all of the human suffering and trying to piece together what happened, many people were left sick and aimless, and one of these was a man only known as Andrei.

Andrei had been a nuclear physicist in his past life before all of this, sent to Chernobyl in the aftermath of the catastrophe to do research. Unfortunately for him, he got very sick from the considerable radiation there in that forsaken place, finding himself in a facility full of moaning, dying people like him. Death was everywhere at the time, hanging over everything like a black fog, and Andrei knew that no amount of medical care or medicine was going to help him. He had an epiphany and realized that the only way to beat this condition was to turn to other means. At first, this involved simply moving away to a rural village and living a simple life of work, sweat, and drinking lots of vodka, all of which he would claim helped flush out the toxins from his system, and then his mind turned to more esoteric means of extending his life and indeed achieving immortality. He began to gather about him a following of others like him, many of them other Russian scientists and colleagues, and they began to study philosophy and esotericism to form a way of thinking in which hard work and a tough mind could alter the abilities of their own bodies through sheer will. They believed that through willpower, meditation, and shucking off our traditional ideas on life and death, we can essentially reprogram our physical bodies to never die.

After 10 years of this, the group had grown to around 30 members, and it was decided that they needed a place where they could live away from the world to pursue their way of life, and they found it on the island of Gavdos. In the late 1990s, they relocated to the island, which at the time had only a transient population of dreamers, drifters, artists, and hippies, and set up a sort of self-sufficient commune, growing their own food and living off the land. They also built mysterious laboratories where they went about experiments, even at the same time that they performed rituals or ceremonies, all shrouded in secrecy and mystery, their ultimate goal -- immortality. They believe that through their various activities, they can reach the next stage of human evolution, in which life eternal is possible, and it would be only the world and them. One of the members of the commune has ominously explained, “There won't be any new generations. We are the last generation. We won't permit the birth of people who are mortals. They are not needed.”

As soon as the group arrived, which is actually usually referred to as simply “The Group” or “The Russians,” they immediately began gathering an air of mystique and legend about them. Rumors began to fly about, all fueled by the group’s secrecy and the strange structures they built, such as a large, green pyramid that sits among the scrub and foraging goats like some inscrutable ruin from an ancient civilization. Another is a building built in the style of an ancient Greek temple covered with cryptic glyphs, which was erected much to the chagrin of the other islanders. People began talking about how this mysterious group would perform miracles around the island and demonstrate magical feats, or how they were building an underwater tunnel that would lead to Libya. One resident gives an anecdote of the group’s strange powers:

“One day, someone from the neighboring village asked us to help them move a heavy tree trunk. Six of us tried to get the piece into his truck, in vain. Then, two really skinny men came. They just said, ‘OK, let's do this.' And they did.”

There are so many stories and rumors that it is hard to know where any real facts end and fantasy begins. Norwegian filmmaker Yiorgos Moustakis, who has made a documentary on the island and its mysterious group, has said of these rumors:

“Many urban legends surrounded this group. Some thought that they came to this island to get cured from radiation. Others were saying that they are spies working for the KGB or CIA, working on a top-secret program. Most of these stories were told by people who had already met them and had seen their constructions around the island.”

Although their exact methods for achieving their goals are not clearly known, it is mostly thought that the group’s ideology is a sort of hodgepodge mix of simple living, magical ceremonies and rituals, religion, esoteric philosophies, and scientific experiments and research, through which they aim to reprogram the human body and reach the immortality they think resides within us all. To them, death is not inevitable, and it can be warded off or even stopped. The members themselves are very cryptic and secretive about it all, with one commune member explaining in an interview with Worldcrunch:

“Our bodies present so many possibilities of change that we don't use. Why? Because we create a lifestyle in which change isn't needed: a dead world that viciously influences us and turns us into dead people. We think that is the true fundamental reason for death, the starting point of what we call psychological destruction. I used to work in a research center, and I saw my whole future ahead of me. I realized it was controlling me and driving me towards a certain kind of death. So I decided to change course, to not follow that path and to create a different way of life for myself."

Just how they exactly plan to do this is murky, although many people have tried to figure it out, and there were even supposedly intelligence agents who have tried to infiltrate the group to find what they are up to, without much success. The closest anyone has come is perhaps the filmmaker Moustakis, who believes that the group, which it must remember is composed mostly of former scientists, is not quacks or religious nutjobs and that they know what they are doing. He has said of this:

“It is a huge study. The proof you are asking lies inside this study in the same way that the proof of, let's say, Einstein's relativity theory lies in the maths. In the case of the relativity theory, of course, it was experimentally proven later on in labs–the CERN accelerator, etc. But first, before this theory was tested in practice, it needed a working theoretical framework. To put it another way, yes, [the scientists] definitely have a theoretical framework that works.”

What is this mysterious group up to out there? What secrets have they found, if any? Mysterious groups like this have always been attracted to stories of the bizarre, and they often sort of become larger than life, to the point where it is hard to disentangle fact from fiction. Whatever they are up to and whoever they are, they still seem to manage to keep their secrets out on that little island surrounded by deep blue seas, and depending on how successful they have been, perhaps they always will.

Are any of these stories true? Are there people out there who have somehow managed to cheat death and escape its inexorable approach? How much truth do these stories hold, and where does reality begin and fantasy end? Whatever the case may be, it all shows that people are, and probably will always be, interested in the alluring idea of somehow avoiding the inevitable approach of death. 

{ https://mysteriousuniverse.org/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:34 Stuur door

Astronomy in 2025: This Year’s Most Captivating Discoveries in Space and the Cosmos

(Image Credit: International Gemini Observatory/NOIRLab/NSF/AURA/Shadow the Scientist)

Astronomy in 2025: This Year’s Most Captivating Discoveries in Space and the Cosmos

2025 has been a remarkable year for astronomical discoveries, with the launch of exciting new science missions that are fueling our expanding knowledge of the cosmos and will continue to propel scientific innovation for decades to come.

With a year of groundbreaking discoveries now behind us, here is a look at just a few of the biggest developments in astronomy that The Debrief has been tracking in 2025.

The Vera C. Rubin Observatory

The long-anticipated Vera C. Rubin Observatory is poised to fundamentally change how humanity observes the dynamic universe. Equipped with the world’s largest digital camera, the observatory will soon begin the Legacy Survey of Space and Time (LSST), a decade-long project that will repeatedly image the entire southern sky, capturing everything from exploding stars and near-Earth asteroids to subtle changes in distant galaxies.

universe's expansion The Vera C. Rubin Observatory began scientific operations this year and could answer vital questions about our own solar system and the wider universe. Image Credit: RubinObs/NOIRLab/SLAC/NSF/DOE/AURA.

Earlier this year, the public got a first look at just how powerful Rubin’s contributions to astronomy will be in the years to come. Beyond its technical achievements, Rubin represents a shift toward time-domain astronomy at an unprecedented scale. Rather than static snapshots of the cosmos, astronomers will receive a continuous, living record of how the universe evolves—opening the door to discoveries no one has yet imagined.

JWST Discoveries Are Pushing the Boundaries on Our Understanding of the Cosmos

Since entering full science operations, the James Webb Space Telescope has continued to redefine what astronomers thought was possible. Webb’s observations have revealed surprisingly mature galaxies in the early universe, detailed atmospheric chemistry on distant exoplanets, and new insights into star formation hidden within dense cosmic dust.

James Webb Space Telescope

(Image Credit: NASA)

From Milky-Way-like galaxies that technically shouldn’t exist, to planetary curiosities that include an “impossible” atmosphere surrounding a magma-covered world, JWST’s findings have forced scientists to revisit long-standing assumptions about how lingering questions about our universe, including fundamental ideas about how galaxies formed after the Big Bang, and how complex planetary systems can become.

Rather than neatly confirming existing models, Webb has repeatedly challenged them, and if 2025 has been any indication, the years ahead will only continue to further expand our knowledge of the cosmos through the powerful eye of NASA’s premier space observatory.

Planetary Discoveries Are Inching Closer to Finding Earth-like Planets

Exoplanet science continued its steady march toward one of astronomy’s most profound goals: identifying worlds that resemble Earth. Observations combining Webb data with ground-based telescopes have refined measurements of planetary atmospheres, surface temperatures, and potential habitability across dozens of star systems.

While no true Earth twin has yet been confirmed, astronomers are now narrowing the search to rocky planets orbiting within their stars’ habitable zones, and this year brought us the discovery of a rare “Super Earth” in its star’s habitable zone, all within just 20 light years of Earth.

habitable zone planet An artist’s rendition of habitable zone exoplanet GJ 251 c, which os only 20 light yeras from Earth. Image credit: Illustration by University of California Irvine.

Each incremental discovery in this exciting area of astronomy brings researchers closer to answering whether Earth-like conditions—and possibly life—could indeed be more common in our galaxy than we currently expect.

Hubble Tension Controversy Continues

One of modern cosmology’s most persistent puzzles, known as the “Hubble tension,” remained unresolved this year. Measurements of the universe’s expansion rate derived from early-universe observations continue to conflict with values obtained from nearby galaxies, raising the possibility that something fundamental may be missing from current cosmological models.

Despite increasingly precise data from the Hubble Space Telescope and other observatories, the discrepancy has only grown sharper this year. Whether the solution lies in unknown physics, hidden systematic errors, or a deeper revision of cosmology itself remains one of the most closely watched questions in astrophysics.

The Discovery of 3I/ATLAS

Finally, no serious roundup of astronomy stories from 2025 would be complete without mentioning the enigmatic interstellar visitor 3I/ATLAS. Discovered in July of this year, astronomers confirmed the comet, which is only the third known interstellar object ever observed passing through our solar system.

Gemini Observatory 3I/ATLAS

Gemini South observation of 3I/ATLAS from August, 2025

(Credit: Gemini Observatory Archive).

Like its predecessors, 1I/‘Oumuamua and 2I/Borisov, the comet originated beyond our stellar neighborhood, offering a rare opportunity to study material formed around another star. Although public speculation quickly followed, scientists emphasized that 3I/ATLAS is a natural comet composed of ice, dust, and rock. Its brief passage provided invaluable data about the chemistry and behavior of interstellar objects—glimpses of the raw building blocks that may be common throughout the Milky Way.

  • Micah Hanks is the Editor-in-Chief and Co-Founder of The Debrief. A longtime reporter on science, defense, and technology with a focus on space and astronomy, he can be reached at micah@thedebrief.org. Follow him on X @MicahHanks, and at micahhanks.com.

RELATED VIDEOS

{ https://thedebrief.org/category/space/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:18 Stuur door

Pentagon planted UFO myths to hide secret weapons programs, report finds

Pentagon planted UFO myths to hide secret weapons programs, report finds

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:38 Stuur door

Here are the 5 most memorable moments from Congress’ UFO hearing

Here are the 5 most memorable moments from Congress’ UFO hearing

Former military officials made a series of mystifying claims about unidentified aerial phenomena under oath at Wednesday's congressional hearing.

Three former military officials told Congress Wednesday that they believe the government knows much more about UFOs than it is telling the public.

A House Oversight subcommittee held a hearing on UFOs — officially known as unidentified aerial phenomena or UAPs — and heard mystifying testimony about unexplained object sightings and government possession of “nonhuman” biological matter.

Lawmakers on the committee, baffled by some of the testimony, repeatedly noted that UAP sightings are an issue of bipartisan concern and raise national security questions. Separately, some accused the federal government of endeavoring to conceal key UFO-related information from the public, though they did not provide evidence to support those allegations.

“The sheer number of reports, whistleblowers and stories of unidentified anomalous phenomena should raise real questions and warrant investigation and oversight. And that’s why we are here today,” Rep. Robert Garcia, the top Democrat on the subcommittee, said in his opening statement. "UAPs, whatever they may be, may pose a serious threat to our military or civilian aircraft. And that must be understood."

These UAP sightings, experts say, might be attributable to balloons, drones, optical illusions or even the blinking lights of a commercial airliner. The Pentagon has said they have seen no evidence linking UAPs to alien activity, though they have not ruled out that explanation.

Here are five of the witnesses' main claims from the hearing:

1. Government is ‘absolutely’ in possession of UAPs

David Grusch, a former U.S. intelligence official, told the panel that he is “absolutely” certain that the federal government is in possession of UAPs, citing interviews he said he conducted with 40 witnesses over a four-year period.

The former U.S. intelligence official said he led Defense Department efforts to analyze reported UAP sightings and was informed of a “multidecade” Pentagon program that endeavored to collect and reconstruct crashed UAPs.

Asked by Rep. Jared Moskowitz, D-Fla., how such a program is funded, Grusch claimed that the effort is "above congressional oversight" and bankrolled by a "misappropriation of funds."

"Does that mean that there is money in the budget that is set to go to a program but it doesn't and it goes to something else?," Moskowitz asked.

"Yes. I have specific knowledge of that," Grusch said, though he did not provide more details, claiming the information remains classified.

2. ‘Nonhuman biologics’ were found at a crash site

Grusch, who underscored that he has not personally spotted a UAP, told the panel that he knows of "multiple colleagues" who were injured by UAPs. He also said he has interviewed individuals who have recovered "nonhuman biologics" from crashed UAPs.

Grusch said he prefers to use the term "nonhuman" rather than alien or extraterrestrial.

Asked by Rep. Eric Burlison, R-Mo., to substantiate the crashed UAPs claim, the former intelligence official said he could not divulge specific details, once again claiming the information was too sensitive to share with the public.

He did, however, describe the nature of what he saw: "I have to be very careful here ... [but] what I personally witnessed, myself and my wife, was very disturbing."

A Pentagon spokesperson told NBC News that Grusch's claims are false.

3. Officials must establish a 'safe and transparent reporting process'

Some lawmakers and witnesses pushed the federal government to establish clear channels to communicate UAP information with both the public and the military, and said the military should establish a comprehensive reporting process for unidentified objects sightings.

Ryan Graves, a former Navy pilot, told the panel that military pilots do not feel adequately briefed on UAPs, which he said leaves them unprepared to respond to UAP encounters. 

The former Navy pilot claimed that commercial airline pilots have spotted UAPs too.

"There has to be a safe and transparent reporting process for pilots both on the commercial side and the military side to be able to report UAPs," Garcia said.

Ryan Graves, executive director of Americans for Safe Aerospace, testifies on July 26, 2023.
Ryan Graves, executive director of Americans for Safe Aerospace, testifies Wednesday.  Drew Angerer / Getty Images

Rep. Virginia Foxx, R-N.C., echoed the calls for more transparency. She noted that Dr. Sean Kirkpatrick, the director of the Pentagon's All-Domain Anomaly Resolution Office, had previously told Congress that there was “no credible” evidence of extraterrestrial life.

Grusch objected to Kirkpatrick's claim, prompting Foxx to say that "contradiction is a perfect example of why we need to inject transparency into our government."

4. Stigma associated with sightings 'silences' possible witnesses

Some witnesses and lawmakers at the hearing argued that the stigma associated with reporting UFO sightings — as well as the alleged harassment of those who work to investigate them — may be hindering efforts to determine their origins.

Graves told the panel that stigma "silences" pilots who fear "professional repercussions," which he said is "compounded by recent government claims questioning the credibility of eyewitness testimony."

The Federal Aviation Administration has no mechanism for pilots to report UAPs, and instead directs them to civilian groups that are often dismissed as the domain of cranks and conspiracy theorists.

Those institutional hurdles led Graves to form a first-of-its-kind group that pushes for policy changes, serves as a hub for pilot whistleblowers and advocates for more disclosure by the military and other government agencies.

Lawmakers said they hoped the hearing could help assuage pilots' fears of speaking out.

"This hearing will not be the end of this discussion, but a new chapter and start. We should encourage more reporting, and more study of UAPs," Garcia said. "The more we understand, the safer we are."

5. UFO spotted accelerating to 'supersonic speeds'

David Fravor, a former Navy commander, said he and three fellow military pilots spotted a white Tic-Tac-shaped object in 2004, hovering below their jets and just above the Pacific Ocean.

As he descended to inspect the sighting, he claimed the unidentified aircraft — which he said bore no visible rotors, wings or exhaust — began to ascend and approach his fighter jet.

He claimed that the UAP then vanished, only to reappear a few seconds later, but this time it was spotted 60 miles away.

Fravor told the committee that the technology he and his team encountered defies logical explanation.

"The technology that we faced is far superior to anything that we had," Fravor claimed. "And there’s nothing we can do about it, nothing

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:21 Stuur door

Are The Elite Using Hollywood to Communicate Discreet Messages About Future Events and Activities? - PART I

Are The Elite Using Hollywood to Communicate Discreet Messages About Future Events and Activities?

Are The Elite Using Hollywood to Communicate Discreet Messages About Future Events and Activities? - PART I

Some may find the idea that secret messages and hidden predictions are embedded into blockbuster movies and popular television shows preposterous. While we should certainly take these claims with a sizeable pinch of salt, they are thought-provoking and enticingly intriguing nonetheless, and they involve something called Predictive Programming.

In an article titled Predictive Programming by Dahria Beaver of Ohio State University, it is written that:

“Predictive Programming is the theory that the government or other higher-ups are using fictional movies or books as a mass mind control tool to make the population more accepting of planned future events.”

Researcher Alan Watt, arguably the first person to highlight Predictive Programming, described it as:

“…a subtle form of psychological conditioning provided by the media to acquaint the public with planned societal changes to be implemented by our leaders. If and when these changes are put through, the public will already be familiarized with them and will accept them as natural progressions, thus lessening possible public resistance and commotion”.  

Movies and television shows have long been recognized as powerful tools for shaping public opinion and influencing cultural norms. With their wide reach and ability to evoke emotional responses, they provide an ideal platform for disseminating messages – whether overt or covert.

In the context of predictive programming, filmmakers and showrunners may incorporate elements that reflect emerging societal trends, technological advancements, or geopolitical developments. By presenting these ideas in a fictional context, they can gauge audience reactions, plant seeds of thought, or even acclimatize viewers to certain scenarios.

Of course, as we might imagine, the notion of Predictive Programming is very much a subject of debate, with as much opposition to it as there are believers. It is, though, fascinating and concerning in equal measure—the idea that our perception of the world around us could be being shaped without us even realizing it.

A great place to start would be with the 1999 movie Eyes Wide Shut, which is awash with Masonic symbolism and appears to lay bare the workings of the so-called Illuminati. And when we consider that the film’s director, the great Stanley Kubrick, passed away just after the first screening of the film in what, to some, were slightly suspicious circumstances, then the film’s symbolism and subject matter should perhaps be examined a little more closely.

Perhaps the best place to start would be with the film’s director, Stanley Kubrick, or more specifically, his sudden death only days after the first viewing of the film. Officially, Kubrick died from a sudden heart attack, but many people believed his death was more than coincidental, especially when rumors began to circulate of scenes being cut from the film in the weeks that followed his demise.

body-1.jpg

It was said by some that many of the people in attendance at that viewing belonged to “the elite” and that after viewing the offering from Kubrick, they immediately went on a “damage limitation” mission.  It was further put forward that they knew Kubrick would not be cooperative in terms of cutting scenes away from the film, and so, ultimately, he was murdered, with his death made to look like a heart attack.

It is worth noting here, as bizarre as it sounds, that the idea of murdering a person and having it appear to be a heart attack is not that much of a stretch of the imagination. During the 1975 court hearings brought against the CIA following an investigation by the New York Times, one of the secrets of the agency, among many that were laid bare, was a weapon labeled the “heart attack” gun. This weapon fired a pin-sized shard of ice with a highly poisonous substance encased inside. When fired, the pin-sized shard of ice entered a person’s body and then immediately melted, releasing the poison and so causing a heart attack. Not only would it be highly unlikely that a mark would even be found on the body, even if it was, but there would also be no trace of the poison left to detect.

Whether it is correct to be suspicious of Kubrick’s death or not remains a matter of debate, at least to some, although it should be said, even though it wouldn’t be impossible, it is unlikely. And officially, while some changes were made in the months following his death, they were said to be more editing and cosmetic changes as opposed to the removal of scenes. As we might imagine, not everyone was convinced. We should also note that Kubrick was known to work on his films right up until the very last minute, even after public screenings, so it is not that much of a surprise that some cosmetic changes were still required.

That said, however, there are many other reasons that such ominous conspiracies surround the film, and that its purpose was to expose the underbelly of society’s elite. Indeed, the Illuminati and the conspiracies that have surrounded them, whether purely for entertainment or to shine a light on their chilling activities, run throughout the film right from the start.

The movie revolves around the main protagonist, Dr. Bill, played by Tom Cruise, who, through his job, mixes with several “high-ranking” members of society. We immediately see references to Freemasonry and suggestions of conspiracies connected to the Illuminati. For example, in the opening scenes of the film, we see Dr. Bill’s wife, Alice (played by Nicole Kidman), getting dressed, something she does while standing between two large stone pillars, which are said to represent the Masonic pillars, Boaz and Jachin. The Star of Ishtar is also seen at various times during the film.

As the film progresses, through a chance encounter with an old friend, Dr. Bill learns of a secret party for members of the elite, and manages to bluff his way inside to what is quickly revealed to be some kind of Illuminati-style sex party. He is quickly discovered during some kind of ritual, threatened, and thrown out. During this scene, where Dr. Bill is eventually uncovered as being an uninvited guest, there are multiple Masonic symbols on view. The leader of the ritual, for example, sits upon a throne that contains a double-headed eagle with a crown resting between their heads. While it could be a coincidence, the 33-degree Scottish Rite Freemasons use an almost identical double-headed eagle in their emblem.

Following this, his life begins to unravel somewhat. Furthermore, he begins to notice strange behavior and symbols all around him that he had previously been blind to. By the end of the movie, it is all but confirmed to him that elite secret societies exist and that they control the police, politicians, and even the media.

For example, one of the “sex slaves” in the film is seemingly murdered, but her death is reported in the newspaper as a “drug overdose”. This is exactly what many conspiracy writers have claimed happens to “mind-controlled sex slaves” after they have fallen out of favor with their elite masters. Even the constant references to rainbows (which we will return to shortly) are said to be a symbol of the MK-Ultra mind control techniques that some say continue secretly today.

It is further intriguing that the building where this bizarre party takes place appears to be a depiction of an infamous ball held by the Rothschild family, specifically, a ball held by Baron Guy and Baroness Marie-Helene de Rothschild at their mansion, the Chateau de Ferriers, just outside of Paris in France in 1972. We know about the surreal affair due to photographs that have since been leaked online with the arrival of the Internet. And these pictures are a combination of bizarre and morose imagery. Attendees, for example, are wearing bizarre masks ranging from chilling animal heads to pretend cages. There are also many broken children’s toys – including dismembered dolls – scattered around the many long tables, with some of these tables featuring naked mannequins upon which food is presented. The mansion was also bathed in an artificial red glow in the real-life gathering in 1972 in order to depict it being in flames. What’s more, the secretive nature of the party in the film was very real in real life, with the invites for the Rothschild party not only written in code, but written backwards so they could only be read and understood by viewing them in a mirror.

strange-ball.jpg

If we return to when Bill first tricks his way inside the party, we can see more references to mind control and the use of “sex slaves”. For example, he is almost immediately greeted by two “Monarch Presidential” models, which, according to some, are references to mind-control subjects who have been “trained” through mind-control techniques to be subconscious “high-level sex slaves” who also act as carriers of information between the world’s elite. It is during this scene that one of many references to rainbows is used (another apparent indicator of mind-control programming), where Bill asks one of the girls where they are going, she replies, “where the rainbow ends”, before the second girl asks, “Don’t you want to see where the rainbow ends?” There is also, incidentally, an apparent overuse of mirrors throughout the movie, said by some researchers to be yet another suggestion of mind-control.

If we stay with the notion of sex slaves a moment longer, there are a number of “scarlet women” who are involved with Dr. Bill throughout the movie. As well as the “sex slave” who is eventually murdered (or overdosed) and has noticeable scarlet hair, Dr. Bill’s wife, Alice, and their daughter both do. Another particularly eye-opening scene occurs towards the end of the film, following the discovery of one of the women at the secret party – a prostitute whom Dr. Bill had become friendly with beforehand – is discovered dead, an apparent drug overdose. Although it isn’t outright said, it is heavily implied that the woman was murdered and her death was simply made to look like an overdose, and her death was reported as such in the media. A friend of Dr. Bill’s – himself a member of the elite in question and in attendance at the party – claims that the high-ranking members of these secret societies control the police, politicians, the media – essentially, all aspects of modern life. In short, if the powers that be – the elite – wanted to have someone murdered and have their death look like an overdose, a suicide, or even a tragic accident, they could do so easily. While this might sound a little outlandish, we should perhaps not underestimate the notion that a person’s murder – if such control was extended over almost every facet of society at one level or another – could be made to appear accidental or even from natural causes, which is not at all that much of a stretch of the imagination.

Was Eyes Wide Shut a warning to society as a whole of an “elite” force all but ruling over us? One that remains almost untouchable through their discreet control of all aspects of modern life? Or was it purely entertainment from the wild and productive mind of Stanley Kubrick? Incidentally, Eyes Wide Shut is far from the only Stanley Kubrick film to have featured heavy Masonic symbolism. In fact, most of his movies feature some kind of symbolism buried in certain scenes, from The Shining to 2001: A Space Odyssey.

It certainly might make us think that we are not always watching what we think we are watching.

There are many other thought-provoking claims regarding hidden messages buried within blockbuster movies. Although there were no apparent predictions made, it is worth our time briefly exploring the 1982 blockbuster movie ET: The Extraterrestrial, or more specifically, a remark made by (then) President Ronald Reagan following a private screening of the film in the White House, a remark that was corroborated by the film’s director, Steven Spielberg, who the comment was made to. Reagan was said to lean over to Spielberg and offer “how surprised” people would be if they realized “how true all of this is”, nodding to the screen.

Years later, during promotional work for his film Super 8, Spielberg was asked about the comment. Not only did he confirm that it was true, but that what the president had said to him was, “there are a number of people in this room who know that everything on that screen is absolutely true”. Spielberg caveated his response by saying that he took President Reagan to be “having a joke” with him. However, we might imagine, especially given some of Reagan’s other remarks about UFOs, including his own encounters, that he was entirely serious.

It has been claimed that ET is based loosely on the Roswell crash. If this is the case, what is interesting is that rumors have swirled for years in UFO circles that not only were several alien entities recovered from the crash at Roswell in the summer of 1947, but that at least one of these entities was alive and survived for several years before being returned home as part of some kind of cosmic exchange.

In light of his alleged comments to Spielberg, it is worth staying with the legendary filmmaker a little while longer, and specifically, his 1977 blockbuster, Close Encounters of the Third Kind. According to some, the movie hints at the truths of an alleged secret meeting between (then) President Eisenhower at an air base in California in 1954 (at a time when he was officially undergoing emergency dental surgery) – a meeting that resulted in a human/alien exchange program, said to have existed in real-life under the name Project Serpo. Indeed, we might ask, as speculative as it might be, if there is any truth to the reality of the events depicted in ET, could this be the same for Close Encounters of the Third Kind?

It is also worth mentioning 1994’s Stargate, which leans heavily on the ancient astronaut theory, specifically, in this case, that there was some kind of extraterrestrial intervention with the ancient Egyptian civilization. While this is a purely fictional account, the idea of such alien intervention in the distant past is one that has gained widespread traction among the world’s population since the 1970s. Again, while it is pure speculation, is Stargate hinting at the accuracy of such theories? We should also note that very similar themes of alien intervention in the distant past are explored at length in the film Prometheus, the Alien franchise prequel movie released in 2012.

While the Disney franchise is harmless enough to many, conspiracies about hidden messages in its films and television shows have swirled for years. Everything from hidden sexual imagery to messages hidden in plain sight has been discussed in conspiracy circles. And while we should treat such claims with caution, it is easy to see why they would gain traction.

If we take the logo of the Disney corporation, for example, we can see, according to some people, the number “666” with the curves of the logo’s writing - one in the “W”, one in the “I-dot”, and one at the top of the “Y”.

Perhaps one of the most well-known conspiracies of symbolism and hidden messages in Disney films and shows can be found in an episode of Duck Tales. The scene takes place in a doctor’s room, where an eye-chart can be clearly seen in the background – so clearly, in fact, that in a triangular formation, the letters spell out the phrase, “ASK ABOUT ILLUMINATI”. As well as the direct message itself, the fact that the letters are in a triangle (or pyramid) shape, as well as that they are on an eye-chart (a reference to the all-seeing eye), is a great example of how such messages and symbolic meanings can be hidden in plain sight.

illuminati.jpg

There are also other discreetly hidden words, pictures, and even audible phrases. Many adults have always picked up on the innuendos and double-entendres to be found in the scripts, and many others have spotted suspiciously shaped items in the background of many otherwise innocent scenes. There are some, though, that stand out.

For example, in the 1994 film The Lion King, during one scene, the main character, Simba, collapses on the ledge of a mountain. As he does so, dust flies into the air. As it disperses into the night sky, the word “SEX” is clearly spelled out. It is there with no context, and it is arguably astronomically low that the word would have been spelled out by chance. We have to ask, other than for the creator’s own amusement, why this was included.

A similar, although altogether more graphic image can be seen in The Rescuers from 1977. In one scene, in the background, a topless woman can be seen in one of the windows of the overlooking buildings. While this was likely missed by almost everyone, even the children, subliminally, the image would have registered. Incidentally, following the image becoming widespread knowledge, the Disney company attempted to recall around four million copies of it, eventually releasing the movie again in 1992, this time without the topless lady present.

While those examples might make us scratch our heads a little, the third example is a little more concerning. In the 1992 film Aladdin, during a scene where Aladdin is fending off an attack from Jasmine’s tiger, Raja, he goads the beast by saying, “Come on, good kitty….take off and go”. However, some viewers began to hear something else, and when the scene was analyzed, another, muffled voice was heard to say, “Good teenagers, take off your clothes”. As we might imagine, many people were more than worried about this allegedly hidden message, with some beginning to question just why these hidden images, references to sex, and even subliminal sexual instructions were being placed in such movies, much less movies aimed predominantly at children.

The rumors of Masonic, Illuminati, and even Satanic connections to Disney only increased when, in 2019, the former Vice President, Michael Laney, was sentenced to six years in prison for sexual offenses against a 7-year-old girl. Following the conviction, another potential victim came forward with similar accusations, but there wasn’t enough evidence to proceed with charges.

Only the previous year, in 2018, Disney actor Stormy Westmoreland was arrested on suspicion of similar crimes involving a minor. Not only did he send inappropriate photographs to what he thought was a 13-year-old boy (who was, in fact, police detectives posing as such), but he also attempted to lure the youngster to his hotel room. He was eventually sentenced to two years in prison after he entered into a plea deal. In March 2022, four Disney employees were arrested on human trafficking charges as part of an undercover sting operation in Florida, at least one of whom was involved in sending inappropriate photographs to a teenage girl.

While these crimes have been carried out by individuals and not by the corporation itself, it certainly doesn’t help when considered alongside the conspiracies of such things surrounding their name, especially when many of those images, symbols, and apparent innuendos are of their own making.  

As we know, there are a plethora of conspiracies surrounding the 9/11 attacks in September 2001, so it should perhaps not surprise us that there is also an abundance of claims of predictions of the atrocities within blockbuster movies and even television shows. What makes these fascinating conspiracies even more nuanced are alleged Masonic references and symbols often also found, sometimes in the artwork associated with the respective film or sometimes within the films themselves. One thing is clear, coincidence or not, there are apparent references to the 9/11 attacks in multiple films and have been for decades.

In the 1988 20th Century Fox film Die Hard, for example, the film’s opening lines appear to reference 9/11 when Bruce Willis’ character, John McClane – traveling by airplane at the time, incidentally - speaks with another passenger about his fear of flying, with each then discussing how they cope with such fears. The passenger states he has used his particular method for nine years, while McClane (Willis) states he has been using his for 11 years. While it might be tentative, to some, this reference to 9 and 11 in association with flying on an airplane is a clear reference to the upcoming attacks.

These claims are seemingly taken up a notch when it is pointed out that McClane fights with terrorists in a tower in the first film (the fictional Nakatomi Plaza) before battling terrorists at an airport in the second movie. And if that wasn’t enough, some people have pointed out alleged Masonic symbolism on the promotional artwork and cover for the original Die Hard video release, which shows one of McClane’s eyes covered over, leaving the other to represent the all-seeing eye.

Two years later, the sequel to the blockbuster Gremlins was released, Gremlins 2: The New Batch, by Warner Bros. During a scene in the movie, following the shutting down of a tower, no less, due to the “new batch” of gremlins escaping and causing havoc, two reporters speak to a police spokesperson outside the building. The numbers on their microphones are none other than 9 and 11.

Another intriguing connection to the 9/11 attacks, with a particularly harrowing backstory, can be found in the 1990 comedy released by Universal, Problem Child.  The film follows the antics of the Healy family, who live at number 911. As a backstory to this – and one we should treat with extreme caution – one of the main actors in Problem Child was John Ritter. Ritter died suddenly in 2003 on September 11th, which is most likely nothing but a coincidence, but is certainly a little eyebrow-raising.

The following year, in 1991, one of the biggest movies of the year, Terminator 2, was released. During one of the scenes featuring the young John Connor and his protector from the future (played by Arnold Schwarzenegger) being chased through Los Angeles, the pair approach a bridge. As they pass under it, a sign reads: “CAUTION 9’-11”. Of course, this is the maximum height of the vehicles able to pass beneath the bridge. The fact that this just happened to be 9/11, though, was too much of a coincidence to some.

Two years later, in 1993, the Super Mario Bros movie was released, and a scene at the end of the film appears, at least to some, to be a direct warning of the events to come. This scene comes towards the movie's end and shows the merging of two dimensions. At the start of this merging, the Twin Towers are clearly visible in the background. However, as the dimensions merge, the towers fall to the ground. Furthermore, as this happens, a plane is seen flying past where the towers would have been.

Another blockbuster movie—Independence Day, released in 1996—also discreetly references 9/11. During a countdown sequence, the screen shows the clock, which just happens to be at 09:11:01. To some, this is not only another reference to 9/11 but even shows the year 2001 in the seconds column. The following year, in 1997, the film The Peacemaker, starring George Clooney, was released. In one scene, Clooney can be seen standing in the middle of two platform signs—one being 9 and the other 11. The same year, an episode of The Simpsons sees the family travel to New York, with one scene showing Lisa Simpson holding up a magazine that reads, “NEW YORK, $9” – part of the background of the magazine features the silhouette of the Twin Towers, which when factored into the cover, makes it read, according to some: “NEW YORK ($)9-11”. It is interesting to note that The Simpsons have also had several other scenes in various episodes that appear to have accurately predicted future events, an entire article of which could be dedicated to.

The disaster movie Armageddon was undoubtedly one of the biggest blockbuster films of 1998, and it too had an apparent reference to 9/11. Towards the end of the film, there is a countdown scene (similar to Independence Day). At the exact moment, we see the clock on the screen, it is displaying 9 minutes and 11 seconds (9:11). In the film Enemy of the State – also released in 1998 – we see the details of one of the characters on the screen, Thomas Brian Reynolds, whose date of birth is clearly displayed as 9-11-40. In 1998’s Godzilla, there is a scene featuring a character looking at his watch. Although the time is 8:55, the little hand of the watch is on the 9 while the big hand rests on the 11.

godzilla.jpg

A similar display of 9/11 can be found in The Thirteenth Floor, released the following year in 1999. During one scene, a clock on the wall can be seen set at 11:45. This time, the big hand is on the 9 while the little hand is on the 11. Yet another reference can be found in The Bone Collector, released in the same year, where the protagonist, played by Denzel Washington, is seen looking at a piece of paper that is from page 119. What’s more, the date is shown as 11/9. While these alleged references are seemingly backward (119 instead of 911), some researchers offer that many Masonic and Illuminati symbols are to be read backward, and so assert their connection to 9/11, in this instance, is perfectly valid. Also released in 1999 was the blockbuster movie The Matrix, starring Keanu Reeves. During a scene in the film, the main protagonist, Neo’s (played by Reeves) passport is shown. The date it expires is clearly seen to be September 11th, 2001. Like many of these apparent references to 9/11, this could be purely a coincidence, but it is certainly interesting that this, of all dates, was decided upon.

There are several films from 2000 that also appear to make reference to the September 11th attacks. In the movie Traffic, for example, a scene shows a delivery of boxes – all of which have the number 911 stamped upon them. There is also a scene in The 6th Day starring Arnold Schwarzenegger, who, during one particular scene, checks his schedule – the only times visible on the screen to the viewer are 9:00 and 11:00. Yet another 2000 film with apparent references to 9/11 is The Patriot, starring Mel Gibson. The opening scenes of the film feature Gibson’s character weighing a chair, during which he says: “Nine pounds, 11 ounces. That’s perfect. Perfect!” Perhaps most intriguing of all, however, is an episode of The Lone Gunmen that aired on FOX in March 2001 – only six months before the terrorist attacks. The plot of the episode follows the events of September 11th, 2001, almost entirely, featuring the hijacking of an airplane by terrorists who then crashed it into the World Trade Center.

It is also worth mentioning several intriguing points about the first two Back To The Future movies, released in 1985 and 1989, respectively, both of which appear to have suggestions of the eventual harrowing events of September 11th, 2001, as well as what appears to be several outright warnings.

In the first movie, for example, towards the climax of the film, where the main protagonist, Marty McFly (played by Michael J. Fox), is preparing to time-travel back to 1985 from 1955, he calls out to his friend, Doc Brown (played by Christopher Lloyd), that he has to “warn him about the future”. As he utters this line, the hands of the town clock are locked on the 9 and 11 positions. Furthermore, when lightning strikes the clock tower – the power of which the pair are going to use to kickstart their DeLorean, or time machine – the time is 9:59. Although it is a little bit of a reach for some, others point out that the first World Trade Center tower collapsed at 9:59 (although it did so in the morning not at night, as per the time in the film).

There are also other apparent warnings, ones that rely on the “reverse symbolism” of many secret societies. Perhaps the best example would be earlier in the movie, right before Marty McFly travels back in time for the first time. He and Doc Brown are at Twin Pines Mall, a location referred to repeatedly throughout the film, and which, to some, is a reference to the Twin Towers. During this scene, Doc Brown is gunned down by “terrorists” due to his “ripping them off” for the plutonium he required to power the DeLorean. The exact time Doc. Brown was shot – which again is referenced several times throughout the movie – was 1:16 am, which, to some people, when using reverse symbolism, is a reference to 9/11 (when viewed upside down or back to front).

Even stranger, if we subscribe to these theories for a moment, is that when Marty returns to the mall at the end of the movie following his arrival back from 1955, the area is now mysteriously called the Lone Pine Mall. Although this is due to one of the two pines referenced at the start of the film having been destroyed by Marty’s actions when he traveled back in time, to some people, it was a reference to the destruction of the Twin Towers and their replacement with the One World Trade Center in their place.  

The second movie also features another apparent warning of the Twin Tower attacks. This time, Marty and Doc Brown travel forward 30 years to 2015, with Marty eventually finding himself in the home of his future self. During this part of the film, we can see that the blinds on the McFlys’ windows show the world scenery instead of simply being blank. One of these scenes shows a bright, sunny day in New York, with the typical New York skyline – including the Twin Towers – being clearly in view. As part of the story, the blinds are faulty and constantly flicker out of view. According to some people, though, this represents the Twin Towers falling to the ground, particularly when viewed upside down (reverse symbolism once more). What’s more, they claim we, the audience, are alerted to this by the fact that the future version of Marty McFly views these blinds while upside down in some kind of futuristic medical device (due to having hurt his back).

Whether or not these references and symbolism are nothing more than coincidence remains open to debate, at least to some. The many tentative references to the Twin Towers, though, are certainly worth pondering.

Arguably, one of the earliest films to allegedly reference the September 11th attacks on the Twin Towers was released just short of 20 years earlier, the Eddie Murphy and Dan Ackroyd comedy, Trading Places. And these references appear right from the opening credits of the film. During the movie's opening minutes, we see a shot of a homeless man who has newspapers blowing around him on the cold Philadelphia streets. We see enough of these newspapers to see the numbers 9 and 11 in one of the headlines.

Without a doubt, however, it is as the film reaches its climax that the two protagonists – Billy Ray Valentine (played by Eddie Murphy) and Louis Winthorpe III (played by Dan Ackroyd) – approach the stock exchange in the Twin Towers to wreak their revenge on the Duke Brothers. As they step out of the taxi outside the building, the apparent phone number of the firm has a combination of 0s, 9s, and 1s. Given that 0s are generally not recognized in such symbolism, the only numbers left are 9s and 1s – or 9, 11.

Even more thought-provoking is a line spoken by Winthorpe moments later as the two men set out towards the building, when he states to Valentine:

“Nothing you have ever experienced can prepare you for the unbridled carnage you are about to witness…In this building, it’s either kill, or be killed!”

In the context of the film, Winthorpe is referring to the cut-throat nature of the stock exchange and the trading of commodities. However, some researchers question whether this line might have a secretive, double meaning. Only moments later in the film, as the stockbrokers wait for trading to begin, we can see a clock on the wall with its hands firmly set towards the 9 and the 11.

What makes these apparent references to 9/11 even more intriguing, and indeed unsettling, is an interview given by the film’s director, Aaron Russo, 24 years after the release of Trading Places in 2007 (and only several months before his death from bladder cancer on August 24th, 2007).

We should note that the interview in question was given to Alex Jones – an undoubtedly divisive character and one whom many people, even in conspiracy circles, simply don’t trust (largely as a result of recent court battles and seemingly baseless statements). We might also note, though, that it could be argued that during the earlier part of his career in conspiracies, Alex Jones is seen as being considerably more credible than he might be viewed in more recent years.

In the interview, Russo claimed that he had prior knowledge of the September 11th attacks following a conversation with Nick Rockefeller 11 months before the atrocities took place. Essentially, Russo claimed that the 9/11 attacks were planned, and the reason for doing so was to create such fear and anger in the American public that they would eagerly back war in oil-rich lands in the Middle East and Asia. Perhaps most chilling of all, this would be an “endless war” that would see the military “looking in caves for people” who simply weren’t there and against “no real enemy”.

Although Russo was specifically told the Twin Towers were the target, he was told that “an event” would happen in less than a year that would result in the American military invading Afghanistan and then turning their attention to Iraq in order to “take over the oil fields and establish a base in the Middle East” – a base, incidentally, that sits next to another long-term foe of the United States, Iran.

It is also interesting to note here one of the first official projects following the American occupation of Afghanistan, following the 9/11 attacks, the Afghan Oil Pipeline.

In truth, the pipeline had been proposed by the company Unocal since at least 1997. The plans would see a pipeline stretch from Turkmenistan through Afghanistan to the Arabian Sea. Training forces were even dispatched to the region to train workers for the project. However, the deal was forcibly called off due to intense pressure from women’s rights activists who opposed any deals involving the Taliban regime. Once the US military machine turned its attention to Afghanistan following the 9/11 attacks, the deal quietly went ahead as part of the “rebuilding” projects.

oil-desert.jpg

What is perhaps of most interest about Unocal is the connections the company has to Dick Cheney. Coincidentally or not, Cheney would serve on the administration of Bush Jr when work on the pipeline finally began. Who benefits? The same rich businessmen are connected to an organization named The Carlyle Group. And to understand the significance of this and why Russo’s claims are so interesting, we need to go back to the late 1970s.

During this time, George Bush Sr was in charge of the CIA. His son, meanwhile, George Bush Jr., was venturing into the oil business. He would set up Arbusto Energy. This would attract several wealthy Saudi businessmen through a mutual associate, Jim Bath, whom we will look at shortly. One of these Saudi businessmen was Salem bin Laden, brother of the now infamous Osama bin Laden.

Jim Bath had been an associate of Bush Jr. since their time at the Texas Air National Guard. This placement may be questionable in itself to some, but it would keep both men safe from the draft and out of the Vietnam War. Bath would go on to develop connections in many areas, including the CIA, which would see him as an “asset”. He would also act on behalf of wealthy Middle Eastern families and be their representative as far as business interests in the United States. One of these was the bin Ladens.

Arbusto would eventually become bankrupt and would be taken over by Harken Energy in the late 1980s. This takeover would eventually lead to one of the biggest financial scandals in American history. It also came at a time when Bush Sr. was about to become President of the United States. The underwriting of the takeover of Arbusto by Harken Energy (of $25 million) was performed by the Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI). The move raised an eyebrow or two, as many people connected to BCCI were the exact same people connected to Arbusto Energy. Many of these same investors, according to details in the book The Terror Conspiracy by Jim Marrs, including George Bush and other members of the Bush family, as well as the bin Laden family, were also members of a private equity company, The Carlyle Group.

By 1991, the BCCI was under investigation for money laundering activities and was ultimately shut down and prevented from trading. The connections to the (then) President of the United States, George Bush, albeit indirectly via The Carlyle Group, to a business that was called by investigators, “the most corrupt financial institution in history,” was hardly a ringing endorsement. Whether it was connected or not, a little over eighteen months later, Bush would lose the presidency to Bill Clinton.

And Bill Clinton is another person of interest here, not least because of an interview he gave to James Kilpatrick in August 1994, in which he stated his awareness of a “permanent shadow government” comprised of “bankers and government officials” that shape the political agenda. He also went on to say he realized he would have to “gain access to this inner circle” if he was going to help “shape the world!” Further still, in 1991, he received an invitation to the secretive Bilderberg meeting. The invite would come courtesy of David Rockefeller. Coincidentally or not, Bill Clinton won the 1992 US election the following year. Despite being on the other side of the left/right paradigm, there are some intriguing connections between the Clintons, specifically Bill, and the Bush family, perhaps most notably during Clinton’s time as Governor of Arkansas.

The person who would donate the most funds to Bill Clinton was Jackson Stevens. What is perhaps interesting here is that Stevens was one of the main financial investors in the aforementioned BCCI, as well as being a close friend of the Bush family. It would appear, however, that financial backing was just a front. Aside from claims of drug smuggling, which we will look at shortly, there were claims of money laundering. This would, it is claimed, take place through the Arkansas Development Finance Authority (ADFA) at a time when Bill Clinton was governor of Arkansas.

One of the loudest voices regarding the matter was that of Larry Nichols. In the 1994 documentary, The Clinton Chronicles, Nichols appeared to lay bare these illegal activities while serving as the Marketing Director of ADFA. He would claim to be “sitting in the middle of Bill Clinton’s political machine”, witnessing “payoffs” and “repaid favors!” Any monies applied for also had to go through the Rose Law Firm and Hilary Clinton, for a fee of $50,000. It was when he discovered that no repayments were coming back in for the loans that he claimed he discovered money laundering activities.

Much of the money, according to Nichols, was from cocaine sales, which would be siphoned off to BCCI, which was connected to The Carlyle Group, and in turn, George Bush. Perhaps the biggest connection between the Bush family and the Clintons, however, can be found in the story of Barry Seals.

The recent movie, American Made, was based loosely on Seal’s experience. It would appear, however, that Seals’ real-life exploits are more fascinating. Seal’s most profitable and busy times in drug smuggling were in the 1980s, when he moved his operation to Mena airstrip in Arkansas – at the same time, remember, when Bill Clinton was governor of the state. There, he had specially made planes at his disposal, featuring very specifically designed nose cones that were used to smuggle drugs (cocaine).

Coincidentally, Seals, according to several court testimonies, was also used by George Bush Sr. (when he was Vice-President) as a pilot during the Iran-Contra operations that saw (then) President Reagan at the center of one of several scandals during his presidency. Many of those flights left from Mena airstrip with Bill Clinton, if you believe the claims, being fully aware and even (privately) supportive of them. Perhaps the best piece of writing (at the time) covering these exploits was an article set to be titled The Crimes of Mena. After having cleared all legal barriers for publication, the article was pulled without explanation, and is dubbed “The Greatest Story Never Told!” Arguably, the lines referring to Presidents Reagan, Bush, and Clinton sum it up: “What did they know about Mena? When did they know it? Why didn’t they do anything to stop it?”

Why indeed?

Incidentally, Barry Seals was murdered in February 1987, coincidentally or not, shortly after he began speaking publicly of the Mena airstrip activities.

So where does Osama Bin Laden fit into all of this? The first time most of the world knew the name Osama bin Laden was following the September 11th attacks. However, he had been known to the CIA since the early 1980s. Given George Bush Sr.’s CIA connections, and the connections both he and his son have to the bin Laden family, and what we have just discussed, perhaps that is not too much of a surprise. During the Soviet-Afghan conflict in the 1980s, bin Laden was on the payroll of the CIA, leading the Mujahideen against the Soviet Union. The money that arrived with him traveled through such institutes as the BCCI and came from profits from weapons and drug sales. The same weapons and drugs that went through Mena airstrip.

By the time Bill Clinton was in the White House, Osama bin Laden had “officially” gone rogue. According to intelligence reports, he had grown tired of the United States and its influence in the Middle East. Many US embassy bombings were blamed on bin Laden during this time. Some conspiracy theorists are suspicious at best about this, with claims existing that bin Laden very much remained on the CIA’s payroll.

Whatever the truth of the situation, by the morning of September 11th, 2001, with George Bush Jr. eighteen months into his first term in the White House, the bin Laden name was about to become infamous.  

While the conspiracies and questions regarding September 11th have been explored in depth, some of the basics of them are worth looking at here, if only to highlight the “coincidences” on offer again. For example, on the morning of September 11th, literally as the attacks were happening, George Bush Sr. sat in a meeting of The Carlyle Group, also attended by one of Osama bin Laden’s brothers. Considering the number of business ties already existing between the two families, some found this strange. The fact that members of the bin Laden family were not only allowed to leave the United States following the 9/11 attacks but were positively given safe passage by the US military is perhaps also of interest. This order would have presumably come from high up the ranks of the US government, given that every aircraft was grounded following the tragic events. Even though so many construction contracts were given to the bin Laden family businesses for US military bases in the Middle East, particularly Saudi Arabia, the bin Laden family’s home country was questioned.

Perhaps this last point is even more interesting, considering bin Laden and, according to the official report, fifteen of the 9/11 attackers were Saudi Arabian, that the United States would not turn its military might to Saudi Arabia (where they have interests) instead of Afghanistan (where the Afghans have oil and heroin). Make of that what you will.

Of the many different angles and claims regarding the September 11th attacks, the one thing that all who question the official story largely agree on is that they were, even if opportunistically and after the fact, used to justify the military action that would unfold in the years that followed.

oil-field-bombs.jpg

It wasn’t just apparent veiled warnings of the September 11th attacks and the war that followed it, however, that Rockefeller spoke to Russo about during his conversation in late 2000. According to Russo, as well as sharing many “thoughts and ideas”, the entrepreneur presented several “business opportunities” to the filmmaker.

One of these, at least according to Russo, was a position with the Council of Foreign Relations (CFR) – an invitation, incidentally, that he declined. It was during this conversation that Russo claimed the subject of population control was brought up, and the apparent desire of the CFR to reduce the planet’s population by 50 percent. Russo also claimed he was told that many people who work for the CFR (and similar organizations) are often oblivious to the real agenda of those at the very top.

Of even further intrigue, Russo offered that Rockefeller informed him that the end goal of this elite group – one whose members are wealthy beyond imagination – was to have the entire population of the world “chipped”, which would, essentially, allow them to control every aspect of society.

As to why Rockefeller should entrust such information to Russo in the first place, the filmmaker offered that they believed he was a “mover and a shaker” who they wished would “stop his political activities and join them”.

As we know, eight months after this interview, Russo was dead. And as we might imagine, there were some who weren’t fully convinced of the official cause of death, or at least, the cause of the cause of death.

Once more, while we should treat the claims with a sizeable pinch of salt, Alex Jones claimed on his show several months after his death, that Russo had confided in him off-air. He claimed that Russo had told him that his life had been “threatened” and that he believed the cancer he was suffering from (which eventually killed him) was caused by some kind of “Direct Energy Weapon” being used against him.

We should also note that Russo’s girlfriend, Heidi Gregg, stated only days after Russo’s death on August 29th, 2007 – once more on the Alex Jones show – that such claims of weapons causing Russo’s cancer were “nonsense” and that illness was caused by nothing more than “his lifestyle”.

While it is certainly reasonable to believe that Rockefeller did indeed tell Russo of planned “endless war” and false flag attacks, this information was passed to him less than a year before the September 11th attacks in late 2000, 17 years after Trading Places was released, we might ask, if the references to 9/11 in the film are accurate, then where did Russo get his information from? Did he have access to such information decades before it happened, or was he perhaps putting these references in the movie unwittingly?

At this point, it is worth noting a possible connection to the intelligence services. While we should stress that much of this is pure speculation on our part, the fact is, the intelligence agencies – including military intelligence – have more of an active role in how films and television shows are put across, particularly so with military, historical, and, interestingly or not, science-fiction. Indeed, this involvement could be the subject of discussion in its own right.

For example, if a blockbuster movie about a historical conflict was being filmed – whether it be the Second World War, Vietnam, or the Gulf conflicts – then military intelligence, as well as the intelligence agencies themselves, perhaps particularly so with the CIA, would be involved with the filmmakers in a “consultancy” capacity. This is to, officially, at least, ensure accuracy, although it almost also certainly ensures that the story is not “anti-American” or doesn’t damage the reputation of the United States. In return, filmmakers often find themselves able to shoot on location and have access to accurate replicas – ultimately, the making of their respective films is a lot smoother.

While consultancy on military films might be understandable, we might ask why science fiction films come under the same intelligence scrutiny? And we might also ask, what other “advice” these military intelligence departments might offer?    

{ https://mysteriousuniverse.org/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:06 Stuur door

Are The Elite Using Hollywood to Communicate Discreet Messages About Future Events and Activities? - PART II

Are The Elite Using Hollywood to Communicate Discreet Messages About Future Events and Activities?

Are The Elite Using Hollywood to Communicate Discreet Messages About Future Events and Activities? - PART II

Some may find the idea that secret messages and hidden predictions are embedded into blockbuster movies and popular television shows preposterous. While we should certainly take these claims with a sizeable pinch of salt, they are thought-provoking and enticingly intriguing nonetheless, and they involve something called Predictive Programming.

 

For the purposes of our contemplation here, we might also ask ourselves whether, directly from the intelligence agencies, or from other, unknown (to the public) individuals who just might be a part of some of the elite organizations we have discussed here, could apply such influence. Could it be that the respective directors of some of the films we mentioned that have featured references to 9/11, for example, whether fleeting references or more substantial ones, such as those by Aaron Russo in Trading Places or the examples offered in the Back to the Future films, were somehow influenced into inserting such imagery and use of the numbers 9, and 11?

Indeed, many could have done so without their knowledge as to what the reference might mean or without giving little thought as to why they were asked to include such references in the first place. We might imagine, for the sake of argument and to play Devil’s Advocate for a moment, that a potential producer (essentially, a person with money to finance the project) who makes such a seemingly random and innocent request to have a close up of a clock with the hands set at 9 and 11 – done in such a way that it would not interfere with the story or the director’s vision – would have met little if any resistance.  

While the idea of hidden messages and predictions of future events in blockbuster movies is perhaps unlikely, it is not that much of a stretch of the imagination that there is more to such a notion than many people might think.

It is no secret that the world of Hollywood and the big guns that inhabit it is a world quite different from the one that most of us reside in. It is a world where some people have more influence than most could imagine, and with that influence, or perhaps even as a result of it, is access to information reserved for only a very select few.

Perhaps there is a good reason that many people over many years have stated that such groups as the Illuminati treat Hollywood as their playground, where they use the medium of the silver screen to not just tell stories and entertain, but to sway the will of the public themselves. They essentially have their audience under a self-imposed, subconscious form of mind control.

Jim Morrison’s famous quote of “Whoever controls the media, controls the mind” should perhaps be taken a little more seriously than a flippant, throw-away line.

Morrison, himself studying to be a filmmaker leading up to the success of The Doors, was certainly a perceptive person. Given that the 1960s also witnessed the beginnings of television becoming a “must-have” item in most homes in the Western world, Morrison was perhaps well placed to make his claim, and no doubt saw first-hand the effects of such a device, and indeed his own fame as a result of it, on the general public.

Indeed, the next time you settle down to watch the latest blockbuster or episode of your favorite television show, ask yourself what are you really being shown? And just might subconscious messages be taken in by the brain?

In an age where information and entertainment intersect in unprecedented ways, decoding the hidden messages within movies and television shows invites us to question, analyze, and interpret the narratives that shape our understanding of the world. As we navigate the complexities of an increasingly interconnected society, the line between fiction and reality continues to blur, leaving us to ponder the mysteries of predictive programming and its implications for the future.

{ https://mysteriousuniverse.org/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 23:03 Stuur door

Otherworldly Vehicles or Reverse-Engineered Tech? UFOs and United States Military Facilities!- PART I

Otherworldly Vehicles or Reverse-Engineered Tech? UFOs and United States Military Facilities!

Otherworldly Vehicles or Reverse-Engineered Tech? UFOs and United States Military Facilities! - PART I

For decades, UFO sightings have captivated the imagination of people around the world. However, when these sightings occur over or near military air force bases, the intrigue deepens, merging the enigma of unidentified flying objects with the high-stakes world of national security. Military bases, with their strategic significance, advanced technology, and, in many cases, nuclear capabilities, become focal points for these unexplained phenomena.

Why do UFOs appear so frequently around these high-security installations? Are these sightings the result of extraterrestrial beings conducting covert surveillance of our military might, or could they be advanced, secretive human technologies? This intertwining of military security and UFO activity raises crucial questions: Are these objects scouting potential vulnerabilities in our defense systems, or are they showcasing the cutting-edge developments of reverse-engineered technology?

Perhaps a good place to start would be with the multiple UFO encounters at Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota. In the early hours of October 24th, 1968, around 1 am, while most residents of North Dakota were likely asleep, a security team at the Oscar-6 launch facility at Minot Air Force Base observed a “large glowing object” overhead.

The team, responsible for overseeing an underground operation by the Target Alignment Team, immediately reported the sighting to their superior, Security Controller Staff Sergeant William Smith. They described the object as having descended near some trees close to the base.

Later, around 2:30 am, missile maintenance crew members Robert O’Connor and Lloyd Isley reported seeing an “unusual light” east of the base. At the time, they were driving to the N-7 launch facility and noted that the light seemed to be “pacing their vehicle.” Upon reaching the launch facility, they observed that the object had moved south of their position. Realizing the significance of the situation, the dispatcher connected O’Connor and Isley’s communication with Radar Approach Control (RAPCON), which recorded multiple reports from Minot Air Force Base personnel as dawn approached.

The Launch Control Facilities (LCF) on the base soon began reporting their own sightings of the strange glowing object overhead. Reports varied, with one officer describing an object that “looked like the sun,” which hovered briefly near security fencing before speeding away. He sent two team members to follow it, who tracked it for about half a mile before it landed in a clearing. As it descended, the light dimmed until it vanished completely.

An even stranger account described the object splitting into two parts, which then moved in opposite directions before rejoining and crossing each other. Other reports detailed a “large, brightly illuminated object” that would “accelerate and change direction rapidly,” with colors shifting from “brilliant white to amber and green.”

Despite the varying details, the consistent descriptions of the orange glow and the round or saucer-shaped craft underscore the reality of the events on October 24th, 1968. In addition to the ground sightings and radar detections, a returning B-52 aircraft also encountered one of the objects at close range.

af-base-ufo-2.jpg

Shortly after 3 am, the B-52 was returning to the base after a 10-hour high-altitude training exercise when the crew received orders from RAPCON ground control. The message was clear and direct:

"...look toward your 1:00 position for the next 15 or 16 miles and see if you notice any orange glows. Someone's spotting flying saucers again!"

Initially, the B-52 crew saw nothing unusual. However, by the time they were making their final approach to the runway around 3:50 am, they received updated information from RAPCON ground control. This report indicated that the object was now visible on their radar and should be observable in their 1:00 position within the next 3 miles. As this information came through, the B-52’s radar also detected the anomaly. Within three seconds, the object appeared to cover a distance of two miles, raising concerns about a potential mid-air collision. Navigator Captain Patrick McCaslin recalled:

"I knew whatever it was, it was something I’d never seen on radar. Nothing could move laterally two miles in three seconds and then just stop. It matched our descent rate perfectly and maintained a one-mile distance... like perfect formation!"

As the B-52 descended with the UFO maintaining a one-mile distance to its left, the UHF radio transmissions to RAPCON went dead for about 20 miles. Just before the object vanished and communications were restored, the plane's radarscope camera captured several seconds of footage showing the object "spiraling around."

Once the object disappeared and communications resumed, the crew, still unsettled, chose not to land immediately. Instead, they executed a missed landing procedure and took to the air again to circle the base before attempting another landing. Before they could do so, a high-ranking officer (a General at the base) ordered them to abandon the landing and search for the object. RAPCON had detected an unusual stationary object approximately 16 miles north-northwest of Minot Air Force Base, and it appeared to be on the ground.

The plane altered its course to investigate the radar anomaly. From 10 miles away, the pilots spotted a large “illuminated object” ahead. Major James Partin described it as resembling a “miniature sun” on the ground. As the plane flew directly overhead of the glowing craft, it turned around, inadvertently using the object's circular edge to guide the plane back 180 degrees. Co-pilot Captain Bradford Runyon noted that the craft’s exterior looked like “molten steel” due to its strange “dull reddish” glow.

The crew estimated the object to be about 100 feet wide, 200 feet long, and approximately 50 feet high. They also observed a tube-like structure extending from one side, which resembled a car bumper. The rear of this “bumper” emitted a peculiar green-yellow glow that illuminated the connecting tube. As the B-52 passed directly over the craft at an altitude of around 1500 feet, the communication systems went dead once again, just as they had when the object initially approached during the descent.

The B-52 continued its course toward Minot Air Force Base, leaving the stationary object behind. The aircraft landed at the base at 4:40 am, nearly two hours later than scheduled. Nine minutes later, at 4:49 am, the alarm systems at Launch Facility Oscar-7—both outer and inner-zone systems—triggered an alert for a boundary breach. A Security Alert Team was dispatched to investigate immediately. Upon arrival, they found that the main gate was unlocked and the side access gate was open. The team searched the interior and exterior of the facility but found no intruders, whether human or otherwise.

Meanwhile, reports of the glowing object over the N-7 facility continued. By 5:30 am, the object seemed to have "diminished" and was no longer visible. It is noteworthy that the object appeared to fade gradually rather than disappear suddenly, as if it had lost power.

In the immediate aftermath and with the benefit of hindsight, it became clear that neither the military nor its UFO investigatory branch, Project Blue Book, had any intention of thoroughly investigating the events of October 24th, 1968. There was even less interest in providing a genuine explanation to the public.

For instance, although six ground staff members were asked to complete the standard AF-117 form (Air Force Form 117 Sighting of Unidentified Phenomena Questionnaire), no attempt was made to interview any of the B-52 pilots. The efforts of private UFO investigators were the only means by which the pilots’ accounts were shared with the public.

Furthermore, in the context of the Vietnam War and the Cold War, military officers and personnel displayed an unquestioning attitude. Despite knowing that the official narrative was lacking, many believed the military would eventually disclose its findings. However, most of these findings were neither finalized nor made public. This lack of transparency led many officers, including Captain Bradford Runyon, to seek out UFO investigators. Runyon, among others, felt compelled to share his experiences after the official channels failed to provide answers.

In 1998, 30 years after the incident, Runyon contacted the Center for UFO Studies (CUFOS) in Chicago to report what he knew and to fill in the gaps in his understanding of the event.

While there is some debate among UFO researchers and enthusiasts regarding the authenticity of the incident, reports suggest that a similar event occurred at Minot Air Force Base two years earlier, in the fall of 1966.

The account comes from Captain David Schindele, a former U.S. military member who has since become a whistleblower. In his recent book It Never Happened, Volume 1, Schindele asserts that the nuclear facilities at the base were effectively “shut down” due to interference from UFOs or the entities behind them. According to Schindele, this shutdown meant that the nuclear weapons could not be launched, leaving the base defenseless if the UFOs were hostile. At the time, local and state newspapers did report UFO sightings, including a prominent front-page story in the December 6th, 1966, edition of the Minot Daily News, which suggested that Minot Air Force Base was a hotspot for such sightings.

Whether Schindele’s use of the newspaper article is opportunistic or not is open to interpretation. He claims that following the article’s publication, the US Air Force issued a directive to suppress such coverage. Though this might sound far-fetched and challenging to enforce, it is not an unprecedented claim. Schindele discussed his experiences in 2010 before publishing his book and alleged that orders to “remain silent” about various incidents were common for those stationed at Minot Air Force Base. Many personnel reported experiencing “otherworldly incidents” while on duty there, particularly at the surrounding facilities. The trend of whistleblowers coming forward, sometimes from different air force bases, has led to more individuals sharing their own experiences. Schindele reflects:

"We didn’t realize at the time that others were having similar experiences. But now, the truth is coming out!"

As more former servicemen reveal their stories and military and government files are declassified, interest in uncovering “the truth” is growing. However, many ex-servicemen choose to remain silent about these incidents. Does this support Schindele’s claims of recurring phenomena at the North Dakota military base, or does it cast doubt on them?

af-base-ufo-3.jpg

In early 2017, a video surfaced online featuring a missile security guard who claimed to have seen a “huge, blinding UFO” near Minot Air Force Base during the summer of 1972. He recounted how he and another guard observed the bright object before witnessing jets being scrambled from the base and the base going on full alert.

Just when the two guards thought things had calmed down, they saw a formation of bright objects appear overhead, flying over the launch facilities and showing particular interest in that part of the base. Even more alarming, the security guard alleged that the United States Air Force subjected him to hypnosis to prevent him from discussing the incident. Additionally, he signed confidentiality agreements to ensure he would not speak about the events.

Adding to the intrigue, there are claims that base personnel were regularly involved in “UFO retrieval operations.”

Ultimately, the events of October 1968 remain among the most compelling UFO encounters over Minot Air Force Base, assuming no additional details are yet uncovered. The key questions are why these glowing, saucer-shaped crafts appeared and lingered over the base for several hours. Equally intriguing is the significance of the landing witnessed by the B-52 crew. Was this related to the reported disarmament of nuclear weapons?

Furthermore, consider the claims made by the security guard about regular UFO retrieval operations from Minot Air Force Base. Could the base still house recovered alien technology? This raises the possibility that persistent UFO activity in North Dakota might be linked to such technology. With this in mind, how many of the recent sightings could be attributed to extraterrestrial visitors, and how many might be related to classified projects conducted by secretive US government agencies?

Given that UFO sightings in the region continue today, does Minot Air Force Base warrant more attention from UFO researchers? Could it be that a location known for housing alien technology—whether recovered from crashes or otherwise—has been hidden in plain sight, while attention is focused on bases further south and west?

Just over half a decade later, another unsettling incident occurred. Indeed, the bizarre events that unfolded at McChord Air Force Base in Washington, just south of Tacoma, in October 1972 might seem unbelievable even to the most dedicated UFO and alien enthusiasts—if they hadn’t come directly from the files of the Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI).

In the early afternoon of October 14th, 1972, around 1 pm, Airman First Class Steven Briggs and Airman Dennis Hillsgeck were en route from McChord Air Force Base in Pierce County, Washington, to the Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) facility. The facility was located about eight miles from the base but remained under the control of the United States government and, by extension, the U.S. Air Force, which was responsible for its operation.

The journey to the facility was brief. Upon arrival, they unlocked the secured gate and entered the area, heading straight to the TACAN building. After performing all necessary security checks, they began their scheduled systems checks of the TACAN facility. Everything was proceeding smoothly until around 2 pm, when Briggs heard a high-pitched sound coming from outside. He later described it as resembling the sound of a small plane engine. However, when he stepped outside, he quickly realized he wasn’t seeing a small plane or any other conventional aircraft.

In plain view, hovering above the TACAN building, was a “saucer-shaped object.” As he continued to watch, the object began to descend and landed just south of the main compound. Briggs immediately rushed back inside to alert Hillsgeck. After regaining his composure inside, Briggs and Hillsgeck were alarmed to see "two creatures" approaching the fence that surrounded the entire complex. Briggs quickly returned inside the base, this time to alert base security and request backup. Sergeant David Holmes was on duty at the switchboard that afternoon and listened as Briggs urgently reported that "intruders" were attempting to enter the base.

A two-man unit was dispatched to the facility, with Sergeant Dwight Reid and Airman First Class Michael Tash arriving 17 minutes later. The scene around the compound was one of confusion and concern. They found Briggs and Hillsgeck standing by their vehicle, seemingly "in a daze." Neither man could speak when asked what had happened, and Reid noticed burn marks on their faces, which raised further concern.

Reid examined the men and requested a USAF ambulance, while Tash began inspecting the surrounding area. He discovered strange markings in the soil, which was soft from the fall weather. Suddenly, Reid’s voice called out, telling Tash to look up. When he did, he saw a saucer-shaped object, likely the same one that Briggs and Hillsgeck had witnessed. Reid attempted to communicate with the security police, but his portable radio was completely dead.

Realizing the danger they were in, Reid ordered Tash to help get the two dazed men into their vehicle. They then drove away from the scene with great urgency. About a mile from the base, Reid's radio suddenly came back to life. He immediately requested additional security police to respond to the scene. One of the officers who arrived was Sergeant Darren Alexander, accompanied by his military dog, Champ. They headed toward the TACAN compound to search. However, when they were about 400 yards from the base, Champ began barking loudly.

Looking up, Alexander saw “two creatures” near one of the remote power stations around the complex. Unsure if they would understand, Alexander called out for the figures to freeze and “raise their hands.” Instead of complying, the figures began walking toward him. Noticing a strange device in one of the creature’s hands and fearing it might be a weapon, Alexander fired six shots from his revolver. He couldn’t tell if he had hit either of them. He then returned to his vehicle to radio a report of the shots fired and to request additional backup.

Within minutes, Security Alert Teams arrived at the base and began a thorough search of the grounds. During the operation, they suddenly spotted the saucer on the ground. Approaching the craft cautiously, they circled it slowly before reporting to their supervisor and awaiting further instructions.

A few moments later, Captain Henry Stone arrived at the base, where the saucer-shaped object still rested on the ground, surrounded by his men at a safe distance. As Stone took a step closer to the object, it suddenly lifted off and vanished from sight.

military-base-solo-ufo.jpg

Shortly afterward, officials from the special investigations department arrived at the compound near McChord Air Force Base. They collected molds, took photographs, and retrieved the shells from Alexander’s revolver. They also took full statements from everyone involved. Following their investigation, they classified the incident as "Top Secret," leaving it officially unsolved and not to be discussed or acknowledged.

As mentioned earlier, there are those who doubt Collins’ account of the events. Despite his connections to other whistleblowers, such as Richard Doty, skepticism remains. However, some seemingly minor details in the case lend credibility to it. For instance, the radios mentioned in the report were identified as HT 220 models, which were indeed produced just before the incident in 1969, making them likely to have been used by the US military. Moreover, the revolver used by Sergeant Alexander, an SW Model 15 .38 Revolver, is consistent with the type of weapon issued by the US military at the time.

What should we make of the alleged encounter with alien creatures near McChord Air Force Base? While some remain skeptical, many details of the account resonate with other reports, particularly the apparent keen interest these beings—whatever or whoever they may be—seem to have in military installations across the United States and around the world.

Collins has also appeared on the well-known and widely respected show Coast to Coast, where he is described as having served in fields such as avionics, ground communication, engineering physics, and intelligence.

Additionally, this account became something of a "legend" among those stationed at McChord Air Force Base, even as far back as the late 1980s and early 1990s—long before Collins went public with his story in the early 2000s. Many legends, including modern urban legends, often have some basis in truth. Could this be the case with the supposed battle near McChord Air Force Base?

On one hand, the story aligns with numerous other accounts. Given the U.S. government's history of being less than transparent about such matters, this adds some weight to the tale. On the other hand, the lack of concrete evidence understandably leads many to question its authenticity.

However, if we consider the conspiracy theories surrounding UFOs and aliens, this doubt might be exactly what shadowy government agencies intend—keeping the public uncertain about the reality of such encounters and the circumstances surrounding UFO sightings.

Only three years later, in late October 1975, an incident over Loring Air Force Base in Maine raised compelling questions about the nature of UFOs and their apparent interest in military installations—particularly those believed to house nuclear weapons.

Notably, information about the incident was relayed in real-time to the National Military Command Center in Washington, D.C. In addition to multiple visual sightings, the objects were detected on military radar over consecutive nights. Despite these events, the entire incident was officially dismissed as a "training drill." Unsurprisingly, many of the witnesses and investigators were reluctant to accept this explanation.

The incidents began shortly before 8 pm on October 27th, 1975, at Loring Air Force Base in Maine, when a strange, glowing object was observed hovering over the base, specifically above the area where weapons were stored. Reports suggest that these weapons were concealed under fake, camouflaged huts. If the object intentionally hovered over the alleged weapons area, its awareness of their location is intriguing.

That evening, Staff Sergeant Danny Lewis was on watch duty, with the weapons area being his primary focus. When the unusual object appeared, he was the first to notice it, later estimating its altitude at around 300 feet. The object had a red navigation light on its underside, along with a white strobe-type light. Meanwhile, in the control tower, Duty Sergeant James Sampley detected the aerial anomaly on the base’s radar system. Initially, he estimated the object to be about 10 miles away, but as he observed it, the object moved in a circular route around the base before approaching the weapons storage area within mere feet.

Realizing the potential security threat and uncertain about the nature of the object, Sampley began notifying his supervisors of the situation.

As Lewis watched, the object entered the confines of the base, prompting an immediate security alert. In the control tower, Sergeant Grover Eggleston closely monitored the situation, tracking the mysterious object on one of the radar screens.

A command was issued for a manual ground search of the base, and requests were sent to all nearby military and civilian airports for any information they might have on the intruding object over Loring Air Force Base. The object hovered over the base for about 40 minutes, occasionally circling overhead before returning to its position above the weapons storage area. Eventually, it moved toward New Brunswick, disappearing from radar screens about 12 miles away.

Despite this, the base remained on high alert throughout the night and into the next day. Remarkably, the object returned the following night at nearly the same time.

Once again, just like the previous night, the craft—or one identical to it—returned at precisely 7:45 pm. Danny Lewis was on duty and once more witnessed the strange craft hovering over the base, zeroing in on the area housing the nuclear weapons. As it approached, those on duty and others watching could clearly see flashes of "orange, red, and white" from the underside of the craft.

Lewis immediately reported the encounter. Given the unusual events of the previous evening, the Wing Commander himself arrived at the nuclear weapons area and observed the strange object hovering overhead. As before, the base’s radar systems also detected the object. Several other witnesses on the base, including Sergeant Steven Eickner, reported seeing an "orange and red object, shaped like a stretched-out football." They watched in amazement as it hovered midair before its brilliant lights suddenly dimmed. The next moment, the craft was hovering only 150 feet above the runway.

Those who witnessed this bizarre event estimated the object to be at least 80 feet long. Notably, the craft appeared to have no doors or windows, as if it were made from a single piece of metallic-like material. Perhaps most intriguing was the apparent lack of a visible propulsion system, challenging our conventional understanding of flight. This aspect is often cited as a key reason for the secrecy surrounding UFOs.

The entire base was immediately placed on alert and remained so for the rest of the evening after the object moved off, once again heading toward New Brunswick as it had the previous night. Similar to the previous evening, reports were sent directly to superiors through the established chains of command. The next day, reinforcements arrived, primarily in the form of National Guard helicopters. Notably, and as we’ll discuss with Michael Wallace shortly, the Canadian government and military were granted permission to cross the Canadian-American border if necessary, provided a Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) officer accompanied them. To observers, including the local press caught up in a UFO and alien abduction frenzy reminiscent of the 1970s, it seemed the military was taking these incidents very seriously.

On the evening of October 29th, another sighting occurred, leading to an RCMP officer accompanying a helicopter across the border to try to locate the aerial visitor. Despite yet another radar confirmation, the search proved unsuccessful.

The following evening saw yet another incident, confirmed both on radar and visually from the ground. However, security teams based at or near Loring Air Force Base once again failed to locate or intercept the mysterious craft. The strange and unsettling sightings continued sporadically for several weeks, tapering off as the year drew to a close.

radar-ufo-2.jpg

In 2013, Michael Wallace, a former KC-135 military pilot, claimed to have direct knowledge of a UFO incident over Loring Air Force Base in 1975. This event reportedly occurred in the days following the sightings at the base.

Wallace recounted that he was returning to the base after an air-to-air refueling mission. Just days prior, all flight crews from his unit, the 42nd Bomb Wing, were summoned to an urgent meeting. At the start of the meeting, a uniformed Major informed the group that anyone without at least secret clearance had to leave. While a few personnel departed, the majority remained. The Major then revealed that a UFO had been reported over the base, specifically positioned above the "nuclear-armed B-52s" stationed near the "nuclear weapons storage facilities."

The Major provided additional details about the sighting:

“It’s hovering silently and has a few lights. It can move extremely quickly, with unconventional, rapid straight-line and vertical movements… so it’s pretty incredible technology!”

He further noted that base personnel were "pretty concerned" about the incident and that the information was not to be discussed publicly or with anyone lacking the appropriate clearance. If any pilots observed similar strange objects, they were to report them to those in command "inside this room," but otherwise, the incident should not be mentioned or acknowledged.

What Wallace revealed next is particularly noteworthy.

The Major expressed concern that the local press might become suspicious. Given the presence of civilians and the increased number of personnel and ground staff at the base, their interest in the situation would likely grow. To address these potential concerns, a cover story had already been prepared: a helicopter was supposedly coming across the Canadian border and "harassing us." This would be the official narrative for anyone outside the room. With this peculiar emergency meeting still fresh in their minds, Wallace and several other tanker planes carried out their nighttime refueling missions. Alongside Wallace's aircraft were two other KC-135s flying in formation, returning to Loring Air Force Base.

The mission had been routine until communication from the base instructed the lead plane’s commander, or cell leader, to switch to a specific frequency for an important briefing. Since this frequency was not part of the standard channels, only the cell leader would hear it. However, spurred by curiosity from the unusual meeting days earlier, Wallace remembered he had a spare radio with him. Ignoring his professional military training, he told his fellow pilots, "Let’s see what this guy is going to get briefed on!" and tuned his radio to the frequency the cell leader was instructed to use.

Before long, Wallace and his crew were covertly listening in on the cell leader’s private briefing. Wallace later speculated that the pilot of the third plane was likely doing the same. What they overheard was quite alarming. The command at Loring communicated over the secure frequency:

"Listen, the UFO is over the base again right now. We need you to transfer leadership of the formation to the number two aircraft. Then, turn off your lights and radios and proceed to the base at your own discretion!"

The cell leader responded with, "Will do." Wallace later described such a secretive command as "unusual, very unusual." Almost immediately after receiving the orders, the cell leader contacted Wallace to inform him of "special orders" to "depart the formation," appointing Wallace as the new cell leader. He added that Wallace should "let the navigators coordinate your positions when you're ready."

As Wallace prepared to lead the remaining aircraft, he observed the original lead plane turn off its lights and go radio silent. Moments later, he saw the darkened plane heading towards the base. Meanwhile, Wallace was making adjustments for his own approach to Loring Air Force Base. During this time, the communications radio crackled to life with control tower chatter that both intrigued and unsettled him.

Wallace later noted that he had listened to numerous "combat discussions" between pilots and control towers and was familiar with the stress these conversations often displayed. The discussions he overheard while preparing to lead his fellow tanker plane back to base were not exactly panicked but were close to frantic.

He recalled hearing phrases like “Did you see it?” and “Where is it now?” Even more unsettling were the mentions of the object being “back over the alert bombers!” This intense exchange continued for several minutes as Wallace awaited landing instructions. Wallace also observed an unusually high volume of voices and chatter over the airwaves, which he inferred were coming from the control tower.

Eventually, the anomalous object seemed to disappear, with chatter such as “We lost it” indicating that the object had “fallen off the radar” within seconds. Wallace found this sudden disappearance “remarkable in itself.” Following his instructions, Wallace then guided the planes to runway 36 to land.

Wallace safely landed his plane, followed shortly by the third plane. The crews then proceeded to the debriefing room, awaiting further instructions. Given the late hour, the base was relatively quiet, but the pilots were eager to discuss their experiences and find someone who might explain what had occurred while they were in the air.

They also noticed that the crew from the original third plane was nowhere to be found. Wallace speculated that the pilot and crew might be talking to the Major, who had briefed them a few days earlier. He hoped that locating them might shed more light on the events.

It wasn’t until several days later that Wallace finally saw the pilot of the first plane. He approached him to inquire about the events of the night. Instead of providing any details, the pilot simply responded:

"I can’t talk about it! You wouldn’t believe me if I did!"

With that, the pilot turned and walked away, and Wallace didn’t hear anything further about the incident. It appeared that the object over Loring Air Force Base in late October 1975 may have continued to linger over the base for several weeks thereafter. Wallace would later remark that he had “never experienced anything as incredible as that.

Interestingly, just after 10 pm on October 30th, on-duty personnel at Wurtsmith Air Force Base reported observing a peculiar object hovering over the base. The object exhibited unusual movement patterns. Initially, it seemed to the witnesses that the object might be a helicopter. However, Airman Martin Tackabury noted seeing a strange white light shining directly downward.

What made the object even more peculiar was its complete silence. Tackabury was uncertain whether this was because the noise of a large tanker plane in the vicinity was masking it. When he looked up again, the strange object appeared to be flying in front of and below the tanker plane. Upon closer inspection, it seemed to move in a way that was not typical of a helicopter.

The situation became even more unsettling for the security personnel stationed at the back gate of the base, where the weapons were stored. They saw the “strange helicopter without lights” suddenly appear over the storage facility. As the object drew closer, it became increasingly clear that it did not resemble a conventional helicopter, leaving the security personnel uncertain about the nature of the craft.

Meanwhile, the base’s control tower suddenly picked up the object on the radar screen.

Sometime after 10:30 p.m., a tanker plane returning from a refueling mission received new coordinates to investigate an anomalous aircraft. Following the control tower's instructions, the crew soon spotted the strange craft. Navigator Captain Myron Taylor described seeing something resembling “strobe lights flashing irregularly.”

saucer-with-lights.jpg

The plane tracked the object as it flew over Lake Huron. Unexpectedly, the object changed direction and headed south. The plane followed it toward Saginaw Bay but eventually lost sight of it. They searched the area for several minutes but were unable to relocate the craft. They then returned to Wurtsmith Air Force Base. Strangely, on their way back, the object reappeared and seemed to be following the tanker plane.

When the crew turned the plane around to pursue the object, it abruptly “took off” and disappeared in the opposite direction. The incident remains unexplained and intriguing, sharing similarities with the encounters over Loring Air Force Base.

The sightings over Loring Air Force Base are shrouded in deep mystery and speculation, likely due to the involvement of nuclear weapons and the apparent focus of UFOs on these sites Although this case may not hold the same level of prominence as other high-profile incidents, it fits well into the broader UFO narrative in terms of timing, location, and the specifics of the events.

Was there a cover-up surrounding these incidents, and is there still undisclosed information about them and other similar cases? Could these alleged cover-ups be genuine, albeit misguided, efforts to protect the public from potential threats to the United States or even the world? Or are the motivations behind these actions more self-serving and insidious?

As with nearly all UFO cases, especially those involving military forces, there are numerous fragments of potential explanations to consider. These fragments are not only constantly evolving but also interact with other similar incidents, which themselves are in a state of perpetual change, all within the broader context of global events.

The following year, over a two-night period in January 1976, a student journalist known as "Bruce" observed several mysterious objects over Cannon Air Force Base in New Mexico. On the first night, he was alone, while on the second, multiple witnesses were present. During this time, military jets were scrambled to engage in a "cat and mouse" chase with these unusual and apparently "trespassing" crafts.

Following the public disclosure of these incidents, Bruce received alarming warnings from both enigmatic phone callers and concerned neighbors who reported strange occurrences around his home in his absence. This case, like several others, has resurfaced in UFO research due to the Internet, and it might offer another crucial piece of the puzzle in our quest for answers. What exactly transpired during those January nights in 1976, and why did these events continue to trouble the United States government for decades?

Late in the evening of January 21st, 1976, Bruce was sitting in his truck on the outskirts of Clovis, New Mexico, near the KMTY FM 99.1 radio station transmitter. He worked part-time at the station to help fund his college education and pursue a journalism career. Although he wasn't scheduled to work that night, Bruce was called in at the last minute for transmitter tests. The station needed someone on-site, and with his financial need, Bruce agreed to the extra shift. It turned out to be a night he would never forget. As a journalist, Bruce was fortuitously positioned to witness what was about to unfold. While sitting in his truck and observing the scattered lights below, including those of Cannon Air Force Base, he noticed three unusual lights in the sky. They appeared to him like "lightbulbs on a string."

Suddenly, two of the lights dropped swiftly towards the ground, stopping just short of a collision and hovering in place. The third light remained stationary above them. As part of his "storm spotter" duties, Bruce always carried a storm spotter kit, which included binoculars. He grabbed them and focused on the two lower lights as he continued to observe their strange behavior.

Astounded by what he was witnessing, Bruce observed as many details as he could. Through the binoculars, the lights revealed a "classic saucer shape" with a "bluish glow" around them, while the underside emitted a "red radiant glow" downward. Each craft also had a distinct "dome shape" on top.

He kept his binoculars focused on the two crafts as they began to move, slowly and in perfect parallel alignment. He tracked their movement for about 15 minutes as they glided calmly over the unsuspecting people below. One of the most unusual observations he later reported was that the lights of the buildings and streets seemed to "dim significantly" as the crafts passed overhead, aligning with other reports of electrical surges linked to UFO sightings.

After contacting his employers at the station to report what he had seen, Bruce discovered that many residents, including several active state police officers, had also witnessed the strange crafts that evening. Although Bruce had not brought his camera with him as he was working that night, he returned the following evening with several members of the newsroom, where he was gaining experience. Leveraging connections on his college campus, Bruce secured keys to the roof of a dormitory. With access granted, he and a group of fellow journalists and photographers prepared to capture another sighting, hopeful for a repeat of the previous encounter. They were not disappointed.

Just before 1 am, four glowing objects reappeared in the night sky over Clovis. Determined not to miss this opportunity, Bruce successfully captured a clear photograph of the objects. Unlike their earlier appearance, the lights were now darting around rather than simply hovering. As the group on the dormitory roof watched the mesmerizing display, they heard a roar and saw several F-111 military jets launch from Cannon Air Force Base. The jets, clearly tasked with intercepting the crafts, flew directly toward the glowing objects. However, each time a jet approached, the crafts would evade rapidly, maneuvering with astonishing speed and agility. The jets, by contrast, appeared cumbersome and were unable to keep pace with the advanced objects. During the crafts' swift, precise maneuvers, a peculiar "plasma-type glow" briefly illuminated the sky. From their vantage point atop the tallest building on campus, the group observed the F-111 jets' frantic attempts with an unobstructed view.

Around 45 minutes later, at approximately 1:30 am, the events came to a sudden end. After leading the jets on an extensive chase across the night sky, the objects abruptly "shot up and vanished in an instant." The jets returned to base, their pilots likely experiencing a mix of confusion and frustration.

One witness, equipped with a powerful telescope, observed the base, particularly the runway flight line. He reported that as the objects descended near the runway, all the lights went out, reminiscent of how Bruce had noted the town lights dimming the previous evening as the crafts passed overhead. Interestingly, Bruce’s contacts at Cannon Air Force Base—who knew him from his work as a disc jockey taking music requests—revealed that the base experienced a complete power outage during part of the incident.

Additionally, according to these contacts, the base personnel, including high-ranking officers, were in a state of panic due to the unexpected appearance of the objects. The scramble of jets and the overall reaction suggested that the military at Cannon Air Force Base had no insight into the crafts' origins or intentions.

The contact also shared further details with Bruce, under the condition of anonymity. They disclosed that a new, bright lighting system was installed at the base shortly after the incident, and intriguingly, the base had quietly recorded radar activity on both nights in question.

While the US military never acknowledged any radar recordings or unusual activities, Freedom of Information Act requests eventually disclosed that F-111 jets were indeed scrambled from Cannon Air Force Base on the evening of January 22nd (into the early hours of January 23rd, 1976). The reasons for this scramble, however, remain unclear.

The situation took a dramatic turn nearly 30 years later when Bruce decided to publicly share his account. On July 16th, 2004, he appeared on the Jeff Rense Radio Show, revealing the photograph he had taken during the second night’s sighting. Four days later, at 1:30 am, he received a call from an unknown person on his private, unlisted cell phone—a number known to only a few people.

Initially, Bruce thought the call might be from one of his adult children with an urgent message. However, upon answering, he was greeted by an unfamiliar voice asking to confirm his identity. The caller claimed to urgently discuss the photographs Bruce had from the Cannon Air Force incident. Bruce initially dismissed the call as a prank, but the caller insisted:

“It would be in your best interest to discontinue this line of discussion and destroy those photographs!”

When Bruce checked the caller ID, it displayed “Number Not Available.” Before he could respond, the caller issued another warning:

“This is no joke! For the sake of your family, you need to let this go!”

Bruce tried to stay composed and asked for the caller’s identity. The response was unsettling: the caller detailed the careers and daily routines of Bruce’s children and wife, even claiming he could "fax him his entire history in seconds."

Feeling threatened, Bruce abruptly ended the call. For weeks, there was silence, and Bruce nearly pushed the incident out of his mind. However, a neighbor later informed him of unusual activity around his property. Strange cars with US government plates would park outside his home, with unfamiliar men occasionally emerging to snoop around. The neighbor's warning about these suspicious vehicles with government plates further heightened Bruce’s concern.

In the summer of 2006, reports emerged about UFO researcher Brian Vike, who had extensively investigated Bruce’s sightings and communicated with him at length. Vike claimed to possess the aforementioned photograph and intended to publish it, along with other regional images, on his website.

However, these photographs appear to be unavailable online, whether on Vike's website or elsewhere where his interviews have been featured. Despite this, it is known that Vike did capture at least one photograph clearly, albeit grainy. This raises the question: was there an effort to suppress these images? Notably, Vike withdrew from public life shortly after reports surfaced about his possession of the photographs due to health issues.

Nevertheless, Vike's investigations did lead to more detailed information becoming public. For instance, a journalist from the Clovis News Journal reported seeing "23 UFOs maneuvering in and out of complex formations" the night after the second sighting. Additionally, in the days following the incident, a strange circle was found "burned into the ground" on a New Mexico ranch, along with the recovery of a "cylindrical object of unknown origin" from the ranch's grounds.

Furthermore, another report surfaced about six months after the Cannon Air Force Base incident, adding to the growing body of information surrounding these events.

Although its authenticity cannot be verified, an anonymous witness reported to Vike that while serving as a Security Police officer at Cannon Air Force Base in July 1976, he observed similar hovering lights during a patrol.

The witness and a colleague stopped their vehicle by the roadside on the base and closely observed the objects. They described the crafts as having a blue glow on top that transitioned to white in the middle, with a green light on the underside. They checked with the control tower to confirm if any base aircraft were in the area, but none were reported. When Clovis Police contacted the base to report sightings of the same objects and inquire about possible aircraft activity, the two security guards were convinced of the objects' reality.

Two additional patrol cars arrived, with one attempting to approach the hovering craft. However, as it got closer, the object vanished. The witness remarked:

“It did not fly away! It just disappeared!”

This detail is intriguing, as many UFO reports describe objects vanishing abruptly, akin to “switching off a lightbulb,” rather than flying away.

The following night, the witness experienced an even stranger event. Around 2 am, he was awakened by a commotion in the barracks. Upon going outside, he saw 12 glowing crafts arranged in a “perfect circle” directly above the base. He reported to Vike:

“Each one was the exact same distance from the other, so I knew that this could not be by accident!”

With nearly the entire base witnessing the phenomenon, the lights extinguished one by one, as if “someone had turned off the power.”

The next evening, unable to sleep after two nights of extraordinary sightings, the witness walked around the barracks and observed the 12 lights reappearing in their circular formation. He ran to alert a superior but found that squads were already watching the skies and setting up cameras. Once again, the lights turned off one by one.

hovering-lights.jpg

After that night, the lights did not reappear, and the location of any film footage, if it exists, remains unknown.

As we can see, then, many UFO encounters have unfolded over or near military air force facilities – and these are just a small number of those on record. Moreover, there appears to be a variety of potential reasons for these encounters.

Many military air force bases are located near nuclear facilities or storage sites for nuclear weapons. Given the destructive potential of nuclear weapons, it’s understandable why UFOs sighted near these locations could attract attention. If UFOs are indeed alien spacecraft, their interest in such sites might suggest a focus on monitoring or evaluating nuclear capabilities. The presence of nuclear weapons makes these bases strategic assets. A foreign power, whether human or non-human, might be interested in assessing the readiness, deployment, and security of these weapons. UFO researchers have made connections between nuclear weapons and the buildings that house them and these strange otherworldly objects.

{ https://mysteriousuniverse.org/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:43 Stuur door

Otherworldly Vehicles or Reverse-Engineered Tech? UFOs and United States Military Facilities! - PART II

Otherworldly Vehicles or Reverse-Engineered Tech? UFOs and United States Military Facilities!

Otherworldly Vehicles or Reverse-Engineered Tech? UFOs and United States Military Facilities! - PART II

For decades, UFO sightings have captivated the imagination of people around the world. However, when these sightings occur over or near military air force bases, the intrigue deepens, merging the enigma of unidentified flying objects with the high-stakes world of national security. Military bases, with their strategic significance, advanced technology, and, in many cases, nuclear capabilities, become focal points for these unexplained phenomena.

 

UFO sightings might also be linked to reconnaissance missions, where an advanced intelligence-gathering entity is assessing the military’s readiness and defensive measures. This could be an indication of preparation for a potential invasion or conflict, where knowing the strengths and weaknesses of a base is crucial. Observing military operations, technology, and strategies can provide insights into how a military force operates. For potential adversaries, understanding these aspects could be vital for planning effective strategies or countermeasures.

Some theories suggest that UFO sightings might be related to top-secret military aircraft utilizing advanced or reverse-engineered technology. These aircraft might exhibit capabilities that are misunderstood or misidentified as UFOs by observers.

Military bases often serve as testing grounds for new technologies. UFO sightings could therefore be experimental aircraft under development, which might be tested near high-security or high-interest areas due to their strategic relevance.

If the sightings are related to experimental aircraft, the secrecy surrounding these projects would explain the classified nature of such observations. Military and governmental bodies would need to maintain secrecy about both the technology and the purpose of these aircraft to avoid compromising national security.

The intersection of UFO sightings with military air force bases presents a multifaceted enigma involving nuclear security, reconnaissance, and advanced technology. While the sightings could indicate alien surveillance or scouting missions, they might also be linked to cutting-edge military technology and experimental aircraft. Understanding these sightings requires careful consideration of both the potential for extraterrestrial interest and the likelihood of advanced human technology.

{ https://mysteriousuniverse.org/ }

Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:41 Stuur door

NASA's Perseverance rover might have discovered something alien on Mars

NASA's Perseverance rover might have discovered something alien on Mars

Story by Talia Roepel
Mars in outer space
Mars in outer space
© Eyeem Mobile Gmbh/Getty Images

The Mars Perseverance rover has been investigating the Jezero Crater and came across something that is not native to Mars at all. It is a meteorite that collided with the red planet. Though various rovers have found meteorites on Mars before, this is the first time NASA's Perseverance rover has found one on its journey to look for signs of life on Mars — though it might be worth mentioning that the chance for life on Mars might not be as high as we hoped.

Perseverance has been exploring Mars since it landed in February 2021, and the rover has collected 30 out of an expected 38 samples during its mission.. The fact that it hadn't yet found any meteorites within the crater was puzzling to scientists, so this find is an exciting one.

It is still being confirmed that what Perseverance found is a meteorite, but based on initial imaging and scans, it fits the bill. This is an important discovery, because finding and analyzing meteorites that have crashed on Mars helps us better understand our neighboring planet and the way meteorites behave on it.

Read more: 

Details on the Perseverance meteorite discovery

NASA rover on Mars
NASA rover on Mars
© Triff/Shutterstock

Perseverance has been doing good work the last few years, including taking a stunning panoramic photo of Mars. But as Perseverance was investigating the Jezero Crater, it came upon a rock that stood out from the others. Measured at about 2.5 feet across, it had a unique appearance compared to the rocks that surrounded it. The rock was referred to as Phippsaksla. It was decided this rock needed further analysis to determine what it was.

Perseverance used the laser component of its SuperCam to get readings on the composition of the rock. SuperCam showed that Phippsaksla had a high nickel and iron content, which is a trademark of meteorites that come from asteroids. This informed scientists that Phippsaksla was not native to Mars at all, and had traveled there from elsewhere within the solar system. 

Interestingly, Phippsaksla was actually found in September 2025; due to the government shutdown halting many operations, NASA did not make this finding public until November 2025. But this isn't the first time meteorites have been discovered on the red planet. The Curiosity rover found a meteorite called Cacao in 2023 and one called Lebanon in 2014. Other Mars rovers have found more meteorites on their own missions. Now, the Perseverance rover can proudly claim a meteorite finding of its own.

Why meteorites on Mars are important

a meteorite on display
a meteorite on display
© Chris Jackson/Getty Images

Finding meteorites on Mars helps scientists to further understand the planet and the solar system itself. It is theorized that on Mars, iron-based meteorites can resist erosion, a theory supported by the condition in which these meteorites are found. More samples will only help to determine whether this theory is true or not. 

NASA scientists also study meteorites to learn more about the solar system and where they originated from. For example, meteorites can contain dust from a time before our own solar system was developed. Others contain materials that are billions of years old, assisting scientists in learning about the history of our solar system. 

Not everything found on Mars is as easily identified as meteorites, though. The Perseverance rover itself stumbled across a rock that NASA has not been able to fully understand quite yet. As rovers continue to find interesting discoveries and more meteorites, scientists can use them in ongoing research efforts to try and answer these strange questions. For now, NASA will look into Phippsaksla to confirm that is, indeed, a meteorite, and to see what else can be learned from it. 

Enjoyed this article? Sign up to BGR's free newsletter and add us as a preferred search source for the latest in tech and entertainment, plus tips and advice you'll actually use.

RELATED VIDEOS
 
{ bgr.com }
Hoe vind je dit bericht?
Geschreven door peter om 22:09 Stuur door

Meer van UFO'S of UAP'S, ASTRONOMIE, RUIMTEVAART, ARCHEOLOGIE, OUDHEIDKUNDE, SF-SNUFJES EN ANDERE ESOTERISCHE WETENSCHAPPEN - DE ALLERLAATSTE NIEUWTJES

↑ Terug naar de berichten